‫; ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﺻﻄﻔﺎ‪ f‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‪; W‬ﻟﻰ ﺳﻮ‪O‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﻟﻚ ﺷﺄ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ .O‬ﺑﻴﺪ  ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‪f‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‪ f‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ .O‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ f‬ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ ;ﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻵ‪  ،‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻪ ;ﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ U‬ﻳﻨﺰ ;ﻟﻰ ﻷ‪ m‬ﻣﺮ‪ d‬ﺧﺮ‪.l‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،W‬ﻓﺈ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ ﻟﻢ ﻳُﻘﺘﻞ ﺻﻠﺒﺎً ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﺖ ﺑﺄ‪ o‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪R‬ﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪ R‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ  ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪ 5‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻮ‪ f‬ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﺒﻮ‪ f‬ﺑﻞ ﻓﻌﻪ ﷲ ;ﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ‪R R‬ﻳﺔ ﺣﺪ‪ d‬ﺗﻘﻮ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ"  ﻗﺘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ  ﻟﻘﺮ‪ R‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﻘﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ ﺧﺒﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺪ‪; p‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻵ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬ‪ f‬ﻷﺧﺒﺎ  ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ;ﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻮ‪ d5‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ ;ﻟﻰ ﻷ‪ ،m‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ  ﻣﺎ ‪ 5‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ R‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺳﻮ‪ U‬ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪ r‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻷ‪5‬ﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺘﻤﺎ‪ 5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪R‬ﻳﺎ" ﻟﻘﺮ‪ R‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪  ،‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ‪  ،‬ﷲ ﻓﻌﻪ ;ﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ U‬ﻳﻨﺰ ﻣﺮ‪ d‬ﺧﺮ‪; l‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ‪ m‬ﻓﻲ ‪R‬ﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻮ ﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺪ ﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻗﻄﺎ ﻋﺎ ‪ ،١٩٥٦‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ"‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﺪ‪ ً5‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮً ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ"‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻴﻎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪; ،‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫;ﻻ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ‪B‬ﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎ" ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ‪F‬ﻳﻒ ﺗﺒﺎ‪ D‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻨﺪ‬
‫‪5‬ﻋﺎ‪O‬ﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﺢ ﻟﺼﻼ" ﻟﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻳﺪﻳﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ" ﻟ ّﺪﻣﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺪ‪ U‬ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ O‬ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ;ﻳﺼﺎ ﻧﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ R‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ;ﻟﻰ ﺷﺘﻰ ﺑﻘﺎ‪D‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ;ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻮ‪ 5‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪5 ،‬ﻓﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ W‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ;ﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻧﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻮ ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻷﺳﺲ ﻟﻤﺘﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻟﺠﺎﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ‪; .‬ﻟﻰ ﺣ ّﺪ ﻵ ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻧﺤﻮ ‪ ٢٥٠‬ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎً ;ﻟﻰ ‪ ٥٧‬ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﺤﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ‪ .O‬ﺑﺈ‪ B‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻮ‪ U‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ" ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺧﻼ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﻮ‪ c‬ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺘﻰ ﻧﺤﺎ‪ O‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ;ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺴﻼ ﻟﺼﺪ‪ e‬ﻟﻌﺪ ﻟﺠﻤﺎ ﻟﺴﻌﺎ‪ d5‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎ‪ O‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ‪ R‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
1
 ‫ﺣﻮ ﳌﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻣﻦ "ﻫﺎ"  "ﻳﺤﻴﻰ" ﻓﻲ ﻛﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎ;ﻻ ﺿﺪ ﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ;‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﻨﺒﻮ‪ 5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻐﻼ‪ 1‬ﻣ ًﺰ ﻻﺗﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ D‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪ A‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻤﻀﻤﻮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﻨﺒﻮ‪E 5‬ﻟﻰ ّ‬
‫‪ D‬ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺬ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺮﺷ ًﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ‪D O‬ﺧﺬ ﻟﻌﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ A‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻨّﺒﻮﻳﺔ ;ﻟﻴ ً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻨﺴﻒ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﺳﺲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ T‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ;ﻳﺔ ‪E‬ﺑﻄﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻤﺰﻋﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫‪E‬ﻋﻼ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮ‪ T‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﺮﻛﺎ‪ O‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﻀﺔ ﻟﻠ ّﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﺬ‪َ 5‬ﻣﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫‪D‬ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﻫﺬ‪.I‬‬
‫ﺗﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﺣﻮ ﻫﺪ‪ 1‬ﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻊ ﻧﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ A‬ﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ‪،Z‬‬
‫ﺣﺜﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮ; ﷲ ﺣﺪﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻮ‪ T‬ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮ^ ﺗﻬﺎﻓﺖ ﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ;ﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﻺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻀﻰ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ﺑﻘﺒﻮ ﻫﺘﻤﺎ‪ T‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺘﻰ ‪D‬ﻧﺤﺎ‪ b‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻬﻨﺪ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫‪D‬ﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ‪E‬ﻧﻜﻠﺘﺮ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ‪D‬ﻧﺪﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﻟﻮﻧﻴﺎ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺒﻮﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ‪E‬ﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺒﺮ‪c‬ﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ‪E‬ﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﻐﺎﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺖ ُﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻤﺆﻟّﻒ ‪E‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟ ّﻠﻐﺎ‪ O‬ﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﻐﺎ‪ :O‬ﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷ;ﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻮﺳﻨﻴﺔ ﻹﻳﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻻﻧﺪﻧﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﻻﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻮﺣﻠﻴﺔ )ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺰﻧﻴﺎ( ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﻬﻮﺳﻪ )ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪E‬ﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟ ّﺪﻳﻮﻟﻬﻲ‬
‫)ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻳﺲ( ﻟﺪﻧﻤﺎﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺎ‪  .O‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪E j‬ﻗﺒﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮ‪ b‬ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻠﻐﺎ‪.O‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ‪D‬ﻧﺤﺎ‪ b‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ‪D‬ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ‪ O‬ﺟﺪﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪ‪ O‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ً‬
‫ﺳﺒﺒًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ‪E Z‬ﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻫﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ‪E‬ﻳﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺮ‪ D‬ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﻮﺿﻮ‪ o‬ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ; ﺑﻴﻦ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﻫﺎ ﻟﺼﺪ‪ r‬ﻟﺬ‪ 5‬ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ‪D‬ﺳﻠﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻴّﺰ ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ‪D O‬ﻳﻀﺎ ُﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺿﻤﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﻋﺪ‪ T‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ;ﺣﻀﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺮ‪ D‬ﻫﺬ‪ I‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻖ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻚ‬

‫‪2‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻤﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﻷﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟ ّﺪﻓﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺎ ﻟﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻵ ﻹﻟﺤﺎﻳﺔ ﻷﻓﻜﺎ ُ‬
‫‪ 34‬ﺣﺪ‪ /0 1‬ﻧﺎﻓﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﻫﺬ" ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ ﻓﻠﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺣﻀﻪ ‪4‬ﺑﻄﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻗﺪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻷ‪ّ /‬‬‫ﻳﻜﻮ‪3 /‬ﻟﻚ ﺳﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ٍ ﻋﺎﻃﻔﻲ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺠﻪ ﻟ ّﺪﻣﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺮ‪/D‬‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ /0‬ﻫﺬ" ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻧﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮ‪F‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ  ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺬ ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﻧﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﻳﺢ ﻟﺜﻨﺎ ‪4‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﻏﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ M‬ﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫‪ R0‬ﺑﺢ ‪ 0‬ﻣﻜﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ّ‪.R‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ّ‬ ‫‪ /0‬ﻟﻴﺲ ّ‬‫ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪ ،/‬ﻛﻤﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮ ﻫﺬ" ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪ /‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻫﻤﻮ‪ /‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻫﺬ" ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻳﺤﺜﻮ‪/‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ‪ M‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮ‪ /‬ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺪﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮ‪ /‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘ ّﺪ ﺑﺜﻤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ‪ /‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺔ ‪0‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻮ‪Z‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻷﺳﺎ‪ّ ،M‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫‬ ‫‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻜﻮ`‬ ‫ﻟﺸ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻷﻓﻜﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻷ‪3‬ﻫﺎ‪ /‬ﺗُﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺳﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮ ﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻠﻮ‪ ،c‬ﻳُﻌﺘﺒﺮ َﻣﻀﻴﻌ ًﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻳّﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﺢ ‪ /0‬ﻫﺬ" ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﺘﺮ` ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎ‪/‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮ‪ F‬ﻷﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ ‪0‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻬﺪ‪ d‬ﻟﺴﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.M‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ‪0‬ﻧﻰ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ ‪3‬ﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻪ ‪ /0‬ﻳﺘﺤﻘّﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ /0‬ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﺼﻮ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺾ‬
‫ﻹﻟﺤﺎ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪0‬ﺧﻼ‪ i‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪ /D‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ h‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺠﻬﺪ ‪4‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻧﺠﺎﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ‪ `4‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ‪ /0‬ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻮ‪ j‬ﻓﻲ ‪0‬ﻧﺤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪ R‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺆ‪/‬‬ ‫ﻷ‪ k‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ‪ k‬ﻟﻪ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮ‪ /‬ﻣﻦ ‪َ 30‬ﺳﺒﺒﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺬ‪ R‬ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﺨﻼ‪ l‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻛ ّﻠﻪ ﻫﻮ ‪4‬ﻟﺤﺎ‪ i‬ﻟﻬﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪ R‬ﺑﻴﺎ‪ /‬ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪4  /‬ﺟﻼ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ i‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪D‬ﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳُﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻨّﺎ‪M‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳُﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮ ﻟﺪﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﺮ‪ُ R‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮ" ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻔﺴﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﺎ ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﻴﺎ‪ j‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺮ‪4 ،R‬ﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳُﻘﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ .l‬ﺧﻼ‪ h‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪ /‬ﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻣﺮ َ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮ‪ /‬ﻛﻠﻴّﺎ ﻫﺎ‪ /‬ﻳﺤﻴﻰ ‪-‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪h‬‬ ‫ﺑﺈ‪ /3‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻮ‪ُ d‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﻮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ" ّ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ -‬ﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ‪ h‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨّﺎ‪4 M‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ j‬ﻟﺼﺪ‪ i‬ﻟﻌﺪ‪ h‬ﻟﺠﻤﺎ‪ h‬ﻟﺴﻌﺎ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻲ ‪0‬ﺿﺤﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ /D‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳُﺘﻮﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ‬

‫‪4‬‬
5
 ‫
ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻜﺮ‬
‫‪ "#‬ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻴﻊ ﻹﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﺸﺮﺣﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮ ﻵﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ‪#‬ﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ) ﻵﻳﺎ ﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ‪5‬ﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ً 0‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮ‪ E‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺂﻳﺎ ﷲ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ> ‪ =:‬ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ‪ :‬ﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ‪9‬ﻫﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ)‬
‫ﻟﻘﺎ‪ "# .NO‬ﻷﺳﻠﻮ‪ K‬ﻟﺴﻠﺲ ﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﻟﺮﺻﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ= ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒﻞ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺻﻐﺎ‪ O‬ﻛﺒﺎ‪ ،O‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺌﺎ ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ " ‪ =:‬ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬ= ﺟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﺘﺒًﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ‪ ":‬ﺗﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪#‬ﺗﻤﺎ‪ W‬ﻗﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺬ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻔﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ‪O‬ﺿﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ" ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮ‪ O‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ" ﺣﺾ ﺻﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻗﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪ K‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻷﺧﺮ_ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻌﻴﻮ"‬
‫ﻗﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ : ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺮ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪ "# .‬ﻗﺮ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮ ‪:O‬ﻳﻪ ﺧﺒﺮﺗﻪ ‪#‬ﻟﻰ ﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪:‬ﻣﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺟﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ" ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ – ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺆﻟﱠﻒ ‪#‬ﻻ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺮﺿﺎﺗﻪ – ﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ 0‬ﺗُ َﻌﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪#‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷ" ﻷﻟﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻫﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮ‪O‬ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﻨﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬ ﻛﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪#‬ﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺄﻣﻞ ‪ ":‬ﻳﺘﺴﻊ ﻗﺖ ﻟﻘﺎ‪ NO‬ﻟﻼﻃﻼ‪ g‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺘﻌﺮ‪ f‬ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻷﺧﺮ_‪ ،‬ﻟﺬ= ﻧﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪ ،K‬ﻟﻴﻜﻮ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﱠﺛﺮ ﻣﺼﺎ‪ O‬ﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻤﺘﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮ_ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ) ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮ) ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻷﺧﺮ_ ﻣﻦ ‪ _lO‬ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺮ_‬
‫ﺷﺮﺣﺎ ‪#‬ﻳﻀﺎﺣﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪#‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺼﺎ‪ O‬ﻣﺸﺒﻮﻫﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ‪ =:‬ﻧﻘﺺ ‪ :‬ﻗﺼﻮ‪ O‬ﻓﻲ ‪:‬ﺳﻠﻮ‪ K‬ﻷ‪K‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺮ ﻟﻘﺎ‪# NO‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺨﺎ‪ )9‬ﺗﺠﺎ) ﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﻘ ﱠﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮ ‪# :‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺄ‪ 0‬ﻟﻘﻨﻮ‪.o‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪F‬‬

‫ ﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪٨ .............................................................‬‬
‫ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﷲ ﻹﺳﻼ‪١٠......................................‬‬
‫ ﻷﻣﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻨﻚ ﺗﻠﺘﻤﺲ ”ﻣﻨﻘﺬ “ ﻟﻬﺎ‪١٣.............‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ*‪١٩.....................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻮ‪ 34‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ ﻟﻰ ﻷ‪٣٦........................ 01‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ ﻓﻲ ‪1‬ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻨﻮ‪٤٧..........................1‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻌﺮ< ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ؟‪٥٠.............................‬‬
‫ ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‪٥٩...........................................................‬‬
‫ ﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪ :‬ﻧﻬﻴﺎ‪ 1‬ﻟ ّﺪ ‪A1‬ﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪٦١......................................‬‬

‫‪7‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫‪ B‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺷﺄ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،c‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺻﻄﻔﺎ‪ F‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ` ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺼﺮ( ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪ A‬ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﻴﺰ‪L‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪A .c‬ﻫﻤﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻵ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻮ‪ 8‬ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﺈ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﺐ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﺐ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻪ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ‪ /‬ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ‪ A‬ﻗﺘﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺈ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻣﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﻣﻮ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ‪B‬ﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﻮﻋﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪ A‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺼﺪ‪s‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ A‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ "ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺷﻜﺎ‪A "Q‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﻮ‪B 8‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻣﺮ
ﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ 8‬ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺣﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻶﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﺗﺒﺪ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﻮﺣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮ‪
8‬ﻧﺒﻲ ﷲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪A S‬ﻣﺮ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫‪A‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻓﻲ ”>ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ“ ‪ /A‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪ‪ /‬ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ A ،‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻤﻸ ﻋﺪﻻ ﺳﻼﻣﺎ ﻃﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﺧﺎ‪.c‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮ‪ 8‬ﺑـ">ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ" ﻫﻲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ
ﻗﻴﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺴﻮ‪8‬‬
‫‪A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻴﻠﺔ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺗﺤﻦ ‪8‬ﻣﺎً ﻟﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﺟﻤﻞ ‪A‬ﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺂﻛﻞ ﻟﺬﻳﺬ
‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎ
ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻮ‪8‬ﻫﺎ ﻟﺠﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ‪...‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫>ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺗﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ "ﻷﺟﻤﻞ" "ﻷﻓﻀﻞ"‪ .‬ﻓﺂﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﺘﻨﻌﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺸﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪ‪Q‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﻟﻈﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﺴﺎﻓﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﻟﺨﻮ‪ .+‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﻤﺒﺎﻛﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ‪A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻹﺳﻼ‪،S‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ‪ u‬ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﻓﺎ
ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻓﻌﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻮ‪8‬ﺗﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻓﻲ >ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﻋﺘﻤﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﺨﻮ^ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ ،u‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ‪ A‬ﻧُﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
 ‫! ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﷲ ﻹﺳﻼ
‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ‪A ،‬ﺳﻞ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺪﻋﻮ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻻﺗﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻖ ﺻﺮ( ﷲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪A .‬ﻏﻠﺐ ﻟﻨﺎ`‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ A‬ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﺟﺎŠ ﺑﺄ‪8‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻷﺧﻄﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺸﺮ
‪ ،‬ﻟﻚ ‪ A‬ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﺳﻠﻪ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ‪8‬ﻳﻦ ﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻓﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪
8‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﺒﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻷﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻷ‪8‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﷲ ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﻻ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﺣﻲ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ >ﺧﺮ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻮ‪ L‬ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ُﻮ‪#‬‬
‫ﺎ( َ'ﻳَ ْﻌﻘ َ‬ ‫ِﺳ َﺤ َ‬ ‫ِﺳ َﻤﺎﻋ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻞ َ' ْ‬ ‫ِﻴﻢ َ' ْ‬ ‫ِ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻨَﺎ َ' َﻣﺎ ‪ُ1‬ﻧْﺰ َ‬
‫ِ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ِﺑْ َﺮﻫ َ‬ ‫" ُﻗ ْﻞ ‪َ 3‬ﻣﻨﱠﺎ ﺑ ﱠ‬
‫ِﺎﷲِ َ' َﻣﺎ ‪ُ1‬ﻧْﺰ َ‬
‫َﺮ ُ( ﺑَْﻴ َﻦ ‪َ َ1‬ﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬
‫ِﻢ َﻻ ﻧُﻔ ﱢ‬
‫ِﻦ َ‪:‬ﺑﱢﻬ ْ‬
‫ﻮ! ﻣ ْ‬‫ِﻴﺴﻰ َ'ﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱡ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻰ َ'ﻋ َ‬ ‫ِﻲ ُﻣ َ‬‫ﺎ? َ' َﻣﺎ ‪'ُ1‬ﺗ َ‬ ‫َ' َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْﺳﺒَ ِ‬
‫ﻼ ِ
‪ِG‬ﻳﻨًﺎ َﻓ َﻠ ْﻦ ﻳُﻘْﺒَ َﻞ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ َ' ُﻫ َﻮ ﻓِﻲ ْﻵ ِﺧ َﺮ ِ‪ A‬ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ‬ ‫ِﺳ َ‬ ‫َ'ﻧَ ْﺤ ُﻦ ﻟَ ُﻪ ُﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠ ُﻤ َ‬
‫ﻮ! َ' َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَْﺒﺘَ ِﻎ ﻏ َْﻴ َﺮ ﻹ ْ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ" )ﺳﻮ‪ 3 A:‬ﻋﻤﺮ!‪.(٨٥-٨٤ :‬‬ ‫ﺎﺳﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻟْ َﺨ ِ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻓﺈ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﷲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎ` ﻫﻮ ﻹﺳﻼ‪ .S‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻬﻨﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﻠّﻐﻮ ‪A‬ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ ‪8‬ﻳﻨﺎً ﺣﺪً‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ َ
‪ِG‬ﻳﻨًﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ‪.(٣ :A‬‬ ‫ِﺳ َ‬‫ﻴﺖ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻹ ْ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ >ﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ِ :َ 'َ ” :‬ﺿ ُ‬
‫ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎ` ﻫﺬ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﺘﺎ‪ F‬ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻴﻨﺬﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﻪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺆ‪ Q‬ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺄ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻌﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺑُﻌﺜﺖ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪A ،‬ﻧﻜﺮ‪ L‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻷﺧﺮ ﻣﺎ‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺟﺎ‪ Lc‬ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪ A‬ﺛﻤﺔ ‪A‬ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻋﺘﺖ ﻋﻦ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻟﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺎ
ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻀﻠﺖ ﺗﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻼً‪:‬‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ‪'ُ1‬ﺗُﻮ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪  #‬ﱠِﻻ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪ َﻣﺎ َﺟﺎ َ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﺘََﻠ َﻒ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِْﺳ َﻼ ُ
َ' َﻣﺎ ْ‬
‫ﷲِ ﻹ ْ‬ ‫ﻳﻦ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫ِ! ﻟ ﱢﺪ َ‬ ‫” ﱠ‬
‫ﺎ‪) “#‬ﺳﻮ‪ 3 A:‬ﻋﻤﺮ!‪:‬‬ ‫ِ! ﷲﱠَ َﺳﺮِﻳ ُﻊ ﻟْ ِﺤ َﺴ ِ‬ ‫ﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َﻓﺈ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟْ ِﻌ ْﻠ ُﻢ ﺑَ ْﻐﻴًﺎ ﺑَْﻴﻨَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ' َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ ْﻜﻔ ْ‬
‫ُﺮ ﺑِﺂﻳَ ِ‬
‫‪.(١٩‬‬
‫ﻛﺎ ﺑﻨﻮ ‪ٍB‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺎ‪ L8‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﺳﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪B c‬ﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﻲ ‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮ
ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪c‬ﻫﻢ ﺳﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﻟﻮ ﻛﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻓﻮ ‪A‬ﺣﺎﻟﻮ‪B F‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ‪ L‬ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪
8‬‬
‫ﻷﺻﻨﺎ‪ S‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻇﻬﺮﻧﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻏﺎ‪8‬ﻫﻢ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮ
‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ‪A‬ﺳﻞ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪B c‬ﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﻲ ‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻓﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺣﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪.S‬‬
‫ﻛﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺑﻨﻲ ‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻻﻟﺘﺰ‪ S‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ‪c‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻮ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻛﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎً‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﻜﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻮ
ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﻘﺪ ﻟﺮﻫﺒﺎ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻣﻮ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻖ ‪A‬ﺣﻠﻮ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ
ﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻳﺔ ‪A .p‬ﻟﻐﻰ ﻟﻄﻘﻮ` ﻷﺣﻜﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪8A‬ﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺂﺑﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺟﻪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪8 S‬ﻋﻮ
‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻌﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻹﺧﻼ| ﻟﺼﺎ‪ s8‬ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ
‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺾ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪ُ a‬ﺣ ﱢﺮ َ
َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ' ِﺟ ْﺌﺘُ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ‪ُ ِ 'َ Aِ :‬ﻷ ِﺣ ﱠﻞ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑَ ْﻌ َ‬
‫” َ' ُﻣ َﺼ ﱢﺪ ًﻗﺎ ﻟِ َﻤﺎ ﺑَْﻴ َﻦ ﻳَ َﺪ ﱠ‪ a‬ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ‪ 3 A:‬ﻋﻤﺮ!‪.(٥٠ :‬‬ ‫ِﻦ َ‪:‬ﺑﱢ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻓﺎﺗﱠﻘُﻮ ﷲﱠَ َ'‪َ1‬ﻃِﻴ ُﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺑِﺂﻳَ ٍﺔ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ
ﻗﺼﻴﺮ
ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪ‪A A‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ‪8‬ﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ‪8B‬ﺧﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻘﻴﺪ
"ﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ" )ﻷ{‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﻦ‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫ﻟﺮ‪ p‬ﻟﻘﺪ`( ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪ‪8 S‬ﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮ‬
‫‪8‬ﻳﻨﺎً ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﺗﻤﺎ‪ S‬ﻻﺧﺘﻼ‪ +‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ "ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ"‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ A‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪k‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ
ﺑﺄ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ‪ -‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺑﻊ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﺳﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻬﺘﻪ‬
‫‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎً– ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪B ،‬ﻻ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ُﺣﺮِ‪ .+‬ﻷﻧﺎﺟﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﻠﺖ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﺷﺨﺎ| ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪً ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﺧﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮ‪ L‬ﺗﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺪ‪ L‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮً ﻋﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﺑﻌﺚ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﻮ‪ Q‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ >ﺧﺮ ﻹﺑﻼﻏﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻋﺪ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻔﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺮﺳﻮ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺻﻄﻔﺎ‪ F‬ﷲ ﻹﺑﻼ– ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺧﺘﺎ‪ F‬ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﻮ >ﺧﺮ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺼﻼ
ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺸﺮ‪B s‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻐﺮ{‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ‪ Q8‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺴﺆﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺷﻌﻮ{ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﻮﻟﺘﻬﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ
‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ>‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ﺣﻖ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺈ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻮ‪B 8‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻴﻌﻴﺪ‪B F‬ﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ S‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺤﺮ‪ +‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻨﺎ` ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{‬‫ﻟﺤﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻖ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺼﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻘﺎ‪8‬ﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪B S‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻮ‪8‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪d‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴَﺴﻮ َ‪ 8‬ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻪ ﻷ^‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻣﺌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎ‪ Q‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻴﻒ ﻟﻤﺒﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺟﻞ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻜﺮ ﻷﺧﻄﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ُﺗﻜﺒﺖ ﺑﺤﻘﻪ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
 ‫ﻷﻣﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺿﻨﻚ ﺗﻠﺘﻤﺲ‬
‫”ﻣﻨﻘﺬ“ ﻟﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺎ َ'ﻟﻨﱢ َﺴﺎ ِ َ'ﻟْ ِﻮﻟْ َﺪ ِ‬

‫!‬ ‫ﻟﺮ َﺟ ِ‬ ‫ِﻴﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َ'ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺴﺘَ ْﻀ َﻌﻔ َ‬ ‫” َ' َﻣﺎ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻻ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺗُِﻠ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ﱢ‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻮ! ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟَ ُﺪﻧْ َﻚ َ'ﻟِﻴָדﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻈﺎﻟِ ِﻢ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻫ ُﻠ َﻬﺎ َ' ْ‬
‫ﺟ َﻌﻞ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫َﺮﻳَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬‫ِﻦ َﻫ ِﺬ ِ‪ l‬ﻟْﻘ ْ‬ ‫ﻮ! َ‪:‬ﺑﱠﻨَﺎ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺧﺮ ْ‬
‫ِﺟﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ﻳَﻘُﻮﻟُ َ‬
‫ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟَ ُﺪﻧْ َﻚ ﻧَ ِﺼ ًﻴﺮ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪(٧ :c‬‬
‫ﺟ َﻌﻞ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬
‫َ' ْ‬
‫ﻼ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﺮ‪ A‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ‪ A‬ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﺚ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺳ ً‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺴﺎ‪ 8‬ﻻﻧﺤﻼ‪ Q‬ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺠﻲ‪ c‬ﻟﺮﺳﻮ‪ ،Q‬ﻳﻨﻌﻢ ‪A‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪A ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻘﺐ ﻗﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﺮﺳﻮ‪،Q‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻳﺒﻄﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺟﻮ ﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻫﺬ ﻳﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺤﺮﻓﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺼﺮ(‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺨﺎﻫﻢ ‪A‬ﺑﺎﺑﺎً ﻣﻦ ‪ 8‬ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻲ‪ c‬ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻮ ﻣﺼﻴﺮﻫﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪ ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﺪ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫‪B‬ﺧﻼﺻﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ‪ A‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪A k‬ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻔﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺄﺿﺎﻋﻮ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺧﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﺎﻗﺖ ‪ c‬ﺷﻬﻮﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗُﻌﺮ ‪A‬ﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻦ ُ‪ n‬ﱢ‪:‬ﻳﱠ ِﺔ ‪ِ 'َ
َ Gَ 3‬ﻣ ﱠﻤ ْﻦ َﺣ َﻤ ْﻠﻨَﺎ َﻣ َﻊ ﻧُ ٍ‬
‫ﻮ‪'َ m‬ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ‪َ1‬ﻧْ َﻌ َﻢ ﷲﱠُ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻚ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬‫”‪'ْ ُ1‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬
‫ﻟﺮ ْﺣ َﻤ ِ‬
‫ﺎ! َﺧ ﱡﺮ'‬ ‫ﺎ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻢ ‪3‬ﻳَ ُ‬ ‫ﺟﺘَﺒَْﻴﻨَﺎ ِ‪ َn‬ﺗُْﺘ َﻠﻰ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻤ ْﻦ َﻫ َﺪﻳْﻨَﺎ َ' ْ‬
‫ِﻴﻞ َ'ﻣ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﺳ َﺮﺋ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻢ َ' ْ‬‫ُ‪ n‬ﱢ‪:‬ﻳﱠ ِﺔ ِﺑْ َﺮﻫ َ‬
‫ َﻓ َﺴ ْﻮ َ‪o‬‬
‫ﻟﺸ َﻬ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻒ ‪َ َ1‬ﺿﺎ ُﻋﻮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺼ َ‬
‫ﻼ َ‪'َ A‬ﺗﱠﺒَ ُﻌﻮ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻢ َﺧ ْﻠ ٌ‬ ‫ُﺳ ﱠﺠ ًﺪ َ'ﺑُ ِﻜﻴָדﺎ َﻓ َﺨ َﻠ َﻒ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪﻫ ْ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﻠ َﻘ ْﻮ َ! ﻏَﻴָדﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.( ٥٩-٥٨ :‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻨﺬ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﺮ‪ 8‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺴﻮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺆﻟﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎ‪ F‬ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﻴﻖ ﺑﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺒﺪ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻧﻌﻤﻪ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪A‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪B c‬ﻟﻰ ﺿﻨﻚ ﻟﻌﻴﺶ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪َ 'َ " :‬ﻣ ْﻦ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻋ َﺮ َ‬
‫‪َ s‬ﻋ ْﻦ‬
‫ِﻴﺸ ًﺔ َﺿ ً‬
‫ﻨﻜﺎ")ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻃﻪ‪.(١٢٤ :‬‬ ‫ِ! ﻟَ ُﻪ َﻣﻌ َ‬ ‫‪ْn‬‬
‫ِﻛﺮِ‪َ a‬ﻓﺈ ﱠ‬
‫ِﻴﺸ ِﺔ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌ َ‬
‫"ﺿﻨﻚ َ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺠﺎ‪ /d‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﺑﺸﺘﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻮ‪َ u‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﺷﺤﻪ ﻧﺰ‪ u‬ﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ B‬ﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺴﺎ‪8‬‬
‫ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻧﺤﺮﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪ ّ A‬ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺔ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ‬
‫ِﻴﺸ ِﺔ " ﻫﺬ‪.F‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌ َ‬
‫"ﺿﻨﻚ َ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﻮ ‪A‬ﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ َ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﺎﺳﻪ ﻟﺤﻜﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﺸﻌﻮ{ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪A‬ﻧﻮ‪u‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺬ{ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒﺘﻠﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﷲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ .S‬ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮ{ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﺠﺎﺋﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺬš ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻏﻨﻰ ُﻣﻄﻎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺆ‪ /‬ﺷﻌﺒﻪ ﻳﻤﻸ ﻷ^ ﻓﺴﺎ‪ .8‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻒ َﻃﺎﺋِ َﻔ ًﺔ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻳُ َﺬﺑﱢ ُﺢ ‪َ1‬ﺑْﻨَﺎ َ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬
‫‪َ 'َ s‬ﺟ َﻌ َﻞ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻫ َﻠ َﻬﺎ ِﺷﻴَ ًﻌﺎ ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَ ْﻀﻌ ُ‬ ‫ِ! ﻓ ِْﺮ َﻋ ْﻮ َ! َﻋ َﻼ ﻓِﻲ َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫” ﱠ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪.(٤ :‬‬ ‫ْﺴﺪ َ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟْ ُﻤﻔ ِ‬ ‫ِﺴﺎ َ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻧﱠ ُﻪ َﻛ َ‬
‫ﺎ! ﻣ ْ‬ ‫َ'ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺤ ِﻲ ﻧ َ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﺎﻻ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺔ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻈﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ` ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻘﺬ ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻘﺬ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻷﺧﻄﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪
8‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻟﻌﺪ‪ Q‬ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻷﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ` ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺼﺮ(‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻨﻮ ‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﻬﻮ ﻟﺤﻜﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ُA‬ﺧﺮﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻃﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻬﻢ ‪8A‬ﻛﻮ ‪> A‬ﻟﻬﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺨﻠﺼﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﻮ ‪A A‬ﻣﻮﻟﻬﻢ >ﺑﺎ‪c‬ﻫﻢ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ‪ A‬ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﻠﺒﻮ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺠﺎ{ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺄ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻃﺎﻟﻮ‪ .L‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻲ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑْ َﻌ ْﺚ ﻟَﻨَﺎ َﻣﻠ ً‬
‫ِﻜﺎ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻰ ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗﺎﻟُﻮ ﻟِﻨَﺒ ﱟ‬
‫ِﻦ ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ِﺳ َﺮﺋ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻞ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﺑَﻨِﻲ  ْ‬ ‫”‪َ1‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَ َﺮ ِﻟَﻰ ﻟْ َﻤ َ ِ‬
‫ﻺ ﻣْ‬

‫‪14‬‬
 ‫ِﺐ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻟْ ِﻘﺘَ ُ‬
‫ﺎ ‪َ1‬ﱠﻻ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺗُِﻠﻮ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ َ' َﻣﺎ‬ ‫ِﻴﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ َﻫ ْﻞ َﻋ َﺴ ْﻴﺘُ ْﻢ  ِْ! ُﻛﺘ َ‬ ‫ِﻞ ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﻧُﻘَﺎﺗ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ ﻟْ ِﻘﺘَ ُ‬
‫ﺎ‬ ‫ِﻦ ِ‪G‬ﻳَﺎ ِ‪:‬ﻧَﺎ َ'‪َ1‬ﺑْﻨَﺎﺋِﻨَﺎ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ ُﻛﺘ َ‬
‫ِﺐ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬ ‫ِﺟﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻴﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َ' َﻗ ْﺪ ‪ْ ُ1‬ﺧﺮ ْ‬ ‫ِﻞ ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﻟَﻨَﺎ ‪َ1‬ﱠﻻ ﻧُﻘَﺎﺗ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﺒﻘﺮ‪.(٢٤٦ :A‬‬ ‫ِﻴﻢ ﺑ ﱠ‬
‫ِﺎﻟﻈﺎﻟِﻤ َ‬ ‫ِﻴﻼ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ'ﷲﱠُ َﻋﻠ ٌ‬
‫ﺗَ َﻮﻟﱠ ْﻮ  ﱠِﻻ َﻗﻠ ً‬

‫”'ﻟﻦ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻟﺴﻨّﺔ ﷲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳ ً‬

‫ﻼ“‬
‫‪ B‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺺ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪ A‬ﻗﺼﺔ ﻛﻞ ‪A‬ﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﻢ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﻷﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺣﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ`‪A ،‬ﺣﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻬﻢ ﷲ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺬﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻫﻼ‪ k‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﻣﻢ ﻓﻲ >ﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﻄﺎ‪ ،+‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻣﻮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻧﺤﻼﻻً ﺗﻔﺴﺨﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪A .‬ﻣﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﻳﻨﻌﻤﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺎ
ﺗﻤﻠﺆﻫﺎ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻷﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺻﻼ‪ p‬ﻷﺣﻮ‪ Q‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫‪B‬ﻻ ‪ B‬ﺗﻢ ﻻﻟﺘﺰ‪ S‬ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻹﺻﻼ‪ p‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪B‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﺒﻌﻮ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﺳﺮ‪ L‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﻗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﻤﻨﻘﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻮ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻐﺎﺑﺮ
ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﺗﺮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺄ
‬
‫ﻟﻔﺴﺎ‪ ،8‬ﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻻﻧﺤﻼ‪A Q‬ﻋﻤﻰ ﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﻟﻤﺎ‪A Q‬ﺑﺼﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺮﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻐﺪ‪ s‬ﺑﻨﻌﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷﻣﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺨﺸﺎ‪ F‬ﺗﺘﻘﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪'َ s‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﺴ َﻤﺎ ِ َ' َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ِﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻢ ﺑَ َﺮ َﻛ ٍ‬
‫ﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫” َ'ﻟَ ْﻮ ‪ َ1‬ﱠ! ‪ْ َ1‬ﻫ َﻞ ﻟْﻘ َ‬
‫ُﺮ ‪َ 3‬ﻣﻨُﻮ َ'ﺗﱠ َﻘ ْﻮ ﻟَ َﻔﺘَ ْﺤﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻷﻋﺮ‪.(٩٦ :o‬‬ ‫َﻛ ﱠﺬﺑُﻮ َﻓﺄَ َﺧ ْﺬﻧَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ َﻛﺎﻧُﻮ ﻳَ ْﻜ ِﺴﺒُ َ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻷﺧﺮ ﺗﺸﺮ‪ p‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪ
‪B‬ﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻷﻣﻢ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻷﻣﻢ ﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻷﻣﻦ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻜﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺨﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺧﻼﻗﻴﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ‪ A‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﷲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ِﺣ َﺪ ُْ‬
‫ﻷ َﻣ ِﻢ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ َﺟﺎ َ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻧَﺬ ٌ‬
‫ِﻳﺮ َﻣﺎ َ َ‪ُ G‬ﻫ ْﻢ  ﱠِﻻ‬ ‫ِﻳﺮ ﻟَﻴَ ُﻜﻮﻧُ ﱠﻦ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻫ َﺪ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ  ْ‬ ‫" ﻟَﺌ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ َﺟﺎ َ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻧَﺬ ٌ‬

‫‪15‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻖ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻜ ُﺮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﱢ ُﺊ  ﱠِﻻ ﺑِﺄَ ْﻫ ِﻠ ِﻪ َﻓ َﻬ ْﻞ‬ ‫‪َ 'َ s‬ﻣ ْﻜ َﺮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﱢ ِﺊ َ' َﻻ ﻳَ ِﺤ ُ‬ ‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘ ْ‬
‫ِﻜﺒَﺎ ً‪ :‬ﻓِﻲ َْ‬ ‫ﻧُﻔُﻮ ً‪ْ :‬‬
‫ِﻳﻼ‪".‬‬ ‫ﷲِ ﺗَ ْﺤﻮ ً‬ ‫ِﺴﻨﱠ ِﺔ ﱠ‬‫ِﻳﻼ َ'ﻟَ ْﻦ ﺗَ ِﺠ َﺪ ﻟ ُ‬ ‫ِﺴﻨﱠ ِﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ ﺗَْﺒﺪ ً‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ َﻓ َﻠ ْﻦ ﺗَ ِﺠ َﺪ ﻟ ُ‬ ‫'!  ﱠِﻻ ُﺳﻨﱠ َﺔ َْ‬
‫ﻷ ﱠ'ﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻳَْﻨ ُﻈ ُﺮ َ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪.(٤٣-٤٢ :‬‬

‫ﻻﻟﺘﺰ
ﺑﺄﺧﻼ( ﻹﺳﻼ
ﻣﻦ 'ﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﻘﺮ‪!3‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ >ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‪ ،‬ﻧﺮ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺚ‬
‫"ﻣﻨﻘﺬً" ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷﻣﻢ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺷﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻈﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻀﻼ‪ Q‬ﻻﻧﺤﻄﺎ( ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻘﺬ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﻹﺷﺮ‪ k‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﺤﺬﻫﻢ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔ ‪A‬ﻣﺮﻫﻢ‪A .‬ﻣﺎ ‪A B‬ﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎ‪8‬ﻫﻢ ‪B‬ﻧﻜﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺬﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻟﻌﺬ{‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﻟﻘﺮ ‪ A 8‬ﻳﻨﺬﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ِﻛ َﺮ َ' َﻣﺎ ُﻛﻨﱠﺎ َﻇﺎﻟِﻤ َ‬ ‫'! ‪ْ n‬‬ ‫” َ' َﻣﺎ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻫ َﻠ ْﻜﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺮﻳَ ٍﺔ  ﱠِﻻ ﻟَ َﻬﺎ ُﻣﻨ ِﺬ ُ‪َ :‬‬
‫‪.(٢٠٩-٢٠٨‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻧﻌﻴﺸﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺘﺸﺮ‪ L‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﻧﻮ‪ u‬ﻻﻧﺤﻼ‪ Q‬ﻻﻧﺤﻄﺎ( ﻟﻤﺎ‪/8‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮ‪ /‬ﻻﻧﺤﺮ‪ +‬ﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ
ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻘﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪ A A‬ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺸﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻈﻨﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺸﺮﻧﺎ ‪A A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺴﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﻧﺤﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ‪ A‬ﻟ ّﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻷ‪8‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻷﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺒﺸﺮ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫'!‬ ‫ِﻢ َ'ﻳَْﺄﺑَﻰ ﷲﱠُ  ﱠِﻻ ‪ !ْ َ1‬ﻳُﺘ ﱠ‬
‫ِﻢ ﻧُﻮ َ‪'َ lُ :‬ﻟَ ْﻮ َﻛ ِﺮ َ‪ l‬ﻟْ َﻜﺎﻓ ُِﺮ َ‬ ‫'! ‪ !ْ َ1‬ﻳُ ْﻄ ِﻔﺌُﻮ ﻧُﻮ َ‪ :‬ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ ﺑِﺄَ ْﻓ َﻮ ِﻫﻬ ْ‬ ‫”ﻳُﺮِﻳ ُﺪ َ‬
‫ﻳﻦ ُﻛ ﱢﻠ ِﻪ َ'ﻟَ ْﻮ َﻛ ِﺮ َ‪l‬‬
‫ِﺮ ُ‪َ l‬ﻋ َﻠﻰ ﻟ ﱢﺪ ِ‬ ‫ُﻫ َﻮ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪َ :ْ َ1 a‬ﺳ َﻞ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳﻮﻟَ ُﻪ ﺑِﺎﻟْ ُﻬ َﺪ َ'‪ِ G‬‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ﻟْ َﺤ ﱢﻖ ﻟِﻴُ ْﻈﻬ َ‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.(٣٣-٣٢ :‬‬ ‫ِﻛ َ‬ ‫ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺸﺮ ُ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺸﺮ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎ‪،L‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺨﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻷ^ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺨﻠﻒ‬

‫‪16‬‬
 ‫ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪َ s‬ﻛ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ﺎ ﻟَﻴَ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺨ ِﻠ َﻔﻨﱠ ُﻬﻢ ﻓِﻲ َْ‬‫ِﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺎﻟ َ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ‪َ 3‬ﻣﻨُﻮ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ' َﻋ ِﻤ ُﻠﻮ ﱠ‬ ‫” َ' َﻋ َﺪ ﷲﱠُ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻢ َ'ﻟَﻴُ َﻤ ﱢﻜﻨَ ﱠﻦ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ‪ِG‬ﻳﻨَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪:ْ  a‬ﺗَ َﻀﻰ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ'ﻟَﻴُﺒَ ﱢﺪﻟَﻨﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ‬ ‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ِﻠﻬ ْ‬ ‫ﺳﺘَ ْﺨ َﻠ َﻒ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ِﻚ َﻓﺄُ ْ'ﻟَﺌ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻮ! ﺑِﻲ َﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ َ' َﻣ ْﻦ َﻛﻔ َ‬
‫َﺮ ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ َ‪n‬ﻟ َ‬ ‫ِﻢ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻣﻨًﺎ ﻳَ ْﻌﺒُ ُﺪ'ﻧَﻨِﻲ َﻻ ﻳُ ْﺸﺮ ُ‬
‫ِﻛ َ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪ َﺧ ْﻮ ِﻓﻬ ْ‬
‫ُﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﻨﻮ‪.(٥٥ ::‬‬ ‫َﺎﺳﻘ َ‬ ‫ﻟْﻔ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺤ ّﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎ‪B F‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻫﺎ‪ :S‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﺸﺘﺮ( ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ‪A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻷ^؛ ‪ /A‬ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺮﻛﻮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎ‪...L‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻨﻘﺬ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ‪8‬ﻋﻮ
ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﺼﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻐﺎﺑﺮ
‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﻘﺬ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻟﻼ‪8‬ﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻬﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺳﺒﻞ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻳﻨﻌﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻄﻴﺐ ﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﺣﻼ
ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮ‪ Q‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﻌﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻷ^ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻹﺳﻼ‪B S‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻜﺎ ﻷ^‪ ،‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ >ﻟﺖ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ‪A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻣﻦ ﻓﺴﺎ‪ 8‬ﻧﺤﺮ‪ .+‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻟﻈﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻞ ‪ A‬ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﻘﺬ ﻳﻨﻘﺬ‬
‫ﻷﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ‪A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻘﺬ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﻴﺨﺮ› ﻟﻨﺎ`‬
‫ﻣﻦ "ﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎ‪B L‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﻮ"‪ .‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺛﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ c‬ﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻫﺪﻳﺘﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻬﺰ‪ S‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪A‬ﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻓﻜﺎ ﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ
ﻷ‪8‬ﻳﺎ ﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﻠﺤﺪ
‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﷲ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺘﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ F‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ‪B‬ﻻ ﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﺼﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻷ^‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻢ ﺑِ َﻐﻴ ِﺮ َﺣ ﱟﻖ  ﱠِﻻ ‪ !ْ َ1‬ﻳَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮ َ‪:‬ﺑﱡﻨَﺎ ﷲﱠُ َ'ﻟَ ْﻮ َﻻ َ‪ْ G‬ﻓ ُﻊ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ ﻟﻨﱠ َ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ‪ْ ُ1‬ﺧﺮ ُ‬
‫ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ﺎ† ﺑَ ْﻌ َﻀ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ِﻦ ِ‪G‬ﻳَﺎ ِ‪:‬ﻫ ْ ْ‬
‫ِﺟﻮ ﻣ ْ‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫ﻨﺼﺮ ﱠ! ﷲﱠُ‬ ‫ﺎﺟ ُﺪ ﻳُ ْﺬ َﻛﺮ ﻓِﻴ َﻬﺎ ْ ﱠ‬
‫ِﻴﺮ َ'ﻟَﻴَ ُ َ‬‫ﺳ ُﻢ ﷲِ َﻛﺜ ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺾ ﻟَ ُﻬ ﱢﺪ َﻣ ْﺖ َﺻ َﻮ ِﻣ ُﻊ َ'ﺑِﻴَ ٌﻊ َ' َﺻ َﻠ َﻮ ٌ‬
‫ َ' َﻣ َﺴ ِ‬ ‫ﺑِﺒَ ْﻌ ٍ‬
‫‪ََ1 s‬ﻗﺎ ُﻣﻮ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺼ َﻼ َ‪3'َ A‬ﺗَ ْﻮ ﻟ ﱠﺰ َﻛﺎ َ‪A‬‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ  ِْ! َﻣ ﱠﻜﻨﱠﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ِ‪َ a‬ﻋﺰِﻳ ٌﺰ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ِ! ﷲﱠَ ﻟَ َﻘﻮ ﱞ‬
‫ﻨﺼ ُﺮ ُ‪  l‬ﱠ‬‫َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ ُ‬
‫ﻷ ُﻣﻮ ِ‪) :‬ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﺤﺞ‪.(٤١-٤٠ ،‬‬ ‫'‪'َ o‬ﻧَ َﻬ ْﻮ َﻋ ْﻦ ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﻨ َﻜ ِﺮ َ'ِﱠﷲِ َﻋﺎﻗِﺒَ ُﺔ ُْ‬‫َ'‪َ َ1‬ﻣ ُﺮ' ﺑِﺎﻟْ َﻤ ْﻌ ُﺮ ِ‬

‫‪18‬‬
 ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ‪!3‬‬

‫ﻫﺪ‪ +‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺮ‪ 8‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻴﺎ

ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻘﺎ‪8‬ﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﻋﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^‪ ،‬ﻟﻚ ﻋﺘﻤﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪A 8‬ﻣﺎﻧﺎً ﺛﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺼﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺒﺪ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﻟﻌﺼﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪Q‬‬
‫ِﻜ ِﻠ َﻤﺎﺗِﻪِ‪)"...‬ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻷﻧﻌﺎ
‪ .(١١٥ :‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻫﻮ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{‬‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ‪َ ... ":‬ﻻ ُﻣﺒَ ﱢﺪ َ ﻟ َ‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﺧﺒﺎ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺨﺼﻮ| ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪B .‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ‪A‬ﺣﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮ
ﺣﻮ‪ Q‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ‪ A‬ﻓﻌﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻮ‪8‬ﺗﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎ‪ z‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎ{ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻟﻔﻲ ﻋﺎ‪ ،S‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺧﺘﺎ‪ F‬ﷲ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﻔﻴﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺮﺳﻮ‪ B- Q‬ﻛﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪ ً8‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ – ‪B‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺮ^ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪A A‬ﺻﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪ .8‬ﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻓﺈ ﻟﻌﺜﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪A 8‬ﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺼﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﻤﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻋﺪ ﷲ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻒ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﻘﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﻨﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ
ﻋﻦ ﻻ‪
8‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ‪A‬ﺣﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﻮ ﻷﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫>ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﺗﺤﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﻮ‪A Q‬ﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻬﺎ ‪ 88‬ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻮﻻ‪ .
8‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ‪A‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻮ‪B 8‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻓﻲ >ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮ^ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪.S‬‬

‫'ﻻ‪ AG‬ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﻼ

'ﻧﺸﺄﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ُﻟِﺪ‪ L‬ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﻄﻔﺎﻫﺎ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﻟﻮﻻ‪
8‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮ
‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﻄﺮﺑﺎ‪ ،L‬ﻛﺎ ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻳﺮﺑﻄﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ >ﻣﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺠﻲ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫)ﻟﻤﻨﻘﺬ(‪ .‬ﻛﺎ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺘﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻷ‪ c8‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﻛﺔ‪A ،‬ﻧﺸﺄﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺄ
ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻟﻘﻴﺎ‪ S‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺟﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻄﻔﺎ‪ F‬ﷲ ﺧﺘﺎ‪ F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ >‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎ >‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺳﺨﺔ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺮﻋﻮ ﺣﺪ‪ 8‬ﷲ ﻣﺤﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ‪d‬ﺟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ﷲ ﻓﻮً ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻋﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻧﺬ‪ L‬ﺣﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪:‬‬
‫! َ‪ :‬ﱢ‪ِ #‬ﻧﱢﻲ ﻧَ َﺬ ْ‪ ُ :‬ﻟَ َﻚ َﻣﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَ ْﻄﻨِﻲ ُﻣ َﺤ ﱠﺮ ً‪َ :‬ﻓﺘَﻘَﺒﱠ ْﻞ ِﻣﻨﱢﻲ ِﻧﱠ َﻚ‬ ‫”ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ  ْﻣ َﺮ‪ِ Aُ َ1‬ﻋ ْﻤ َﺮ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻢ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ َ' َﺿ َﻌ ْﺘ َﻬﺎ َﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ َ‪ :‬ﱢ‪ِ #‬ﻧﱢﻲ َ' َﺿ ْﻌﺘُ َﻬﺎ ‪ُ1‬ﻧْﺜَﻰ َ'ﷲﱠُ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻋ َﻠ ُﻢ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﻟْ َﻌﻠ ُ‬ ‫‪َ1‬ﻧْ َﺖ ﱠ‬
‫ِﻚ َ' ُ‪ n‬ﱢ‪:‬ﻳﱠﺘَ َﻬﺎ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ‬ ‫ﺎﻷﻧْﺜَﻰ َ'ِﻧﱢﻲ َﺳ ﱠﻤ ْﻴﺘُ َﻬﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ َ'ِﻧﱢﻲ ‪ُ1‬ﻋِﻴ ُﺬ َﻫﺎ ﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟ ﱠﺬ َﻛ ُﺮ َﻛ ُْ‬
‫َ' َﺿ َﻌ ْﺖ َ'ﻟَْﻴ َ‬
‫ﻟﺮ ِﺟﻴ ِﻢ“ )ﺳﻮ‪ 3 A:‬ﻋﻤﺮ!‪.(٣٦-٣٥ :‬‬ ‫ﺎ! ﱠ‬ ‫ﻟﺸ ْﻴ َﻄ ِ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻻ‪
8‬ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻛﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ‪d‬ﺟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪8‬ﻋﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎ ﻟﺮﺟﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﺎ
ﷲ ﻋﺰ ّ‬
‫ﷲ ‪8‬ﻋﺎ‪d c‬ﺟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻓﺄﻫﺎ ﺑﺄ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻃﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎ| ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺸﺄ‪ L‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺒﻬﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻮ َﺣ َﺴ ٍﻦ َ'‪َ1‬ﻧْﺒَﺘَ َﻬﺎ ﻧَﺒَﺎﺗًﺎ َﺣ َﺴﻨًﺎ َ' َﻛ ﱠﻔ َﻠ َﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﺎ› ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ‪َ ” :‬ﻓﺘَﻘَﺒﱠَﻠ َﻬﺎ َ‪:‬ﺑﱡ َﻬﺎ ﺑِﻘَﺒُ ٍ‬
‫َ َﻛ ِﺮﻳﱠﺎ‪) “...‬ﺳﻮ‪ 3 A:‬ﻋﻤﺮ!‪.(٣٧ :‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ‪d‬ﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪A ،S‬ﺛﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ‪A ،‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪ ،c‬ﻟﻚ‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻷ‪ .sd‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺎ ﻳَﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ ُﻢ ‪َ1‬ﻧﱠﻰ ﻟَ ِﻚ َﻫ َﺬ‬
‫‪َ 'َ #‬ﺟ َﺪ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ َﻫﺎ ِ‪ً ْ :‬ﻗﺎ َﻗ َ‬‫ِﺤ َﺮ َ‬ ‫”ﻛ ﱠﻠ َﻤﺎ َ‪َ G‬ﺧ َﻞ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻬﺎ َ َﻛ ِﺮﻳﱠﺎ ﻟْﻤ ْ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺎ‪) “#‬ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٣٧:‬‬ ‫ِ! ﷲﱠَ ﻳَ ْﺮ ُ ُ( َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ ﺑِ َﻐ ْﻴ ِﺮ ِﺣ َﺴ ٍ‬
‫ﷲِ  ﱠ‬‫ِﻦ ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ ُﻫ َﻮ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺧﺘﺎ >‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺻﻄﻔﻰ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ‪A‬ﻓﺮ‪ 8‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻃﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺻﻄﻔﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺎ‪c‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎً ﺗﺪﻳﺒﺎً ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻ َﻄﻔ ِ‬
‫َﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﻧ َ‬
‫ِﺴﺎ ِ‬ ‫َﺎ َ' َﻃ ﱠﻬ َﺮ ِ َ' ْ‬ ‫ِ! ﷲﱠَ ْ‬
‫ﺻ َﻄﻔ ِ‬ ‫” َ'ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ ﻟْ َﻤ َﻼﺋ َ‬
‫ِﻜ ُﺔ ﻳَﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ ُﻢ  ﱠ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳ ُﺠﺪِ‪َ :ْ 'َ a‬ﻛﻌِﻲ َﻣ َﻊ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺮ ِ‬
‫ﻛﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻟْ َﻌﺎﻟَﻤ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ ﻳَﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ ُﻢ  ْﻗﻨُﺘِﻲ ﻟ َِﺮﺑﱢ ِﻚ َ' ْ‬
‫‪.(٤٣-٤٢‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻋﺎﺷﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ُ ،‬ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺪ
ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ‬
‫‪B‬ﺧﻼﺻﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻬﺎ
ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺼﻮ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻋﻔﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫'ﺣﻨَﺎ َ' َﺻ ﱠﺪ َﻗ ْﺖ‬
‫ِﻦ ُ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫! ﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺣ َﺼﻨَ ْﺖ َﻓ ْﺮ َﺟ َﻬﺎ َﻓﻨَﻔ ْ‬
‫َﺨﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫” َ' َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ ﺑْﻨَ َﺖ ﻋ ْ‬
‫ِﻤ َﺮ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ‪.(١٢ :‬‬ ‫ﺎ َ‪:‬ﺑﱢ َﻬﺎ َ' ُﻛﺘُﺒِ ِﻪ َ' َﻛﺎﻧَ ْﺖ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟْﻘَﺎﻧِﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺑَ‬
‫ِﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ِ‬

‫'ﻻ‪ AG‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪#1 !'G‬‬

‫ﻛﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﻤﻠﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻛﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﺄ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ .u‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﺠﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻦ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻫ ِﻠ َﻬﺎ َﻣ َﻜﺎﻧًﺎ َﺷ ْﺮﻗِﻴָדﺎ َﻓﺎﺗﱠ َﺨ َﺬ ْ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ُ‪'G‬ﻧِﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ‬ ‫ْﻛ ْﺮ ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ ِ‬
‫ﺎ‪َ #‬ﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ ِ ْ‪ n‬ﻧﺘَﺒَ َﺬ ْ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫" َ'‪ُ n‬‬
‫'ﺣﻨَﺎ َﻓﺘَ َﻤﺜﱠ َﻞ ﻟَ َﻬﺎ ﺑَ َﺸ ًﺮ َﺳ ِﻮﻳָדﺎ")ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.(١٧-١٦ :‬‬ ‫ِﺣ َﺠﺎﺑًﺎ َﻓﺄَ ْ‪َ :‬ﺳ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ِﻟَْﻴ َﻬﺎ ُ‪َ :‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ ،L‬ﻓﺈ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻧﺘﺒﺬ‪ L‬ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺎّ ‪A‬ﻣﻀﺖ ﺟﺰ‪ ًc‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻜﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮ‪ c‬ﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ‬

‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ ./‬ﻟﻼﻓﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪A L‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻔﺔ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎ ‪ QA‬ﻛﻼﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ ‪ LA‬ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺎ! ِﻣ ْﻨ َﻚ  ِْ! ُﻛ َ‬
‫ﻨﺖ ﺗَﻘِﻴָדﺎ" )ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.(١٨ :‬‬ ‫" َﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ ِﻧﱢﻲ ‪ُ َ1‬ﻋﻮ ُ‪ n‬ﺑ ﱠ‬
‫ِﺎﻟﺮ ْﺣ َﻤ ِ‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻓﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ‪A ،‬ﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﺸﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ‪ .F‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ُﻼ ًﻣﺎ َ ِﻛﻴָדﺎ")ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.(١٩ :‬‬ ‫ﻮ َ‪:‬ﺑﱢ ِﻚ ِ َﻷ َﻫ َﺐ ﻟَ ِﻚ ﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺎ ِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ ‪َ1‬ﻧَﺎ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ُ‬‫" َﻗ َ‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ ُﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﻤ ُﻪ ﻟْ َﻤ ِﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻴﺢ ﻋ َ‬ ‫ِﻤ ٍﺔ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ ْ‬ ‫ِ! ﷲﱠَ ﻳُﺒَ ﱢﺸ ُﺮ ِ ﺑ َ‬
‫ِﻜﻠ َ‬ ‫"ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ ﻟْ َﻤ َﻼﺋ َ‬
‫ِﻜ ُﺔ ﻳَﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ ُﻢ  ﱠ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ")ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٤٥ :‬‬ ‫َﺮﺑ َ‬ ‫َ' ِﺟﻴ ًﻬﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َ' ْﻵ ِﺧ َﺮ ِ‪'َ A‬ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟْ ُﻤﻘ ﱠ‬
‫ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻟﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ‪A 8‬‬
‫‪ /A‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺴﻬﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺎ َ‪:‬ﺑﱡ ِﻚ‬ ‫ِﻚ َﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺎ َﻛ َﺬﻟ ِ‬ ‫ُﻼ ٌ
َ'ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﻤ َﺴ ْﺴﻨِﻲ ﺑَ َﺸ ٌﺮ َ'ﻟَ ْﻢ ‪ ُ َ1‬ﺑَﻐِﻴָדﺎ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﻮ! ﻟِﻲ ﻏ َ‬ ‫” َﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ ‪َ1‬ﻧﱠﻰ ﻳَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫ﺎ! ‪ْ َ1‬ﻣ ًﺮ َﻣﻘ ِ‬
‫ْﻀﻴָדﺎ َﻓ َﺤ َﻤ َﻠ ْﺘ ُﻪ َﻓﺎﻧﺘَﺒَ َﺬ ْ‬ ‫ﺎ† َ' َ‪ْ :‬ﺣ َﻤ ًﺔ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ َ' َﻛ َ‬‫ُﻫ َﻮ َﻋ َﻠ ﱠﻲ َﻫﻴﱢ ٌﻦ َ'ﻟِﻨَ ْﺠ َﻌ َﻠ ُﻪ ‪3‬ﻳَ ًﺔ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠ ِ‬
‫ﺑِ ِﻪ َﻣ َﻜﺎﻧًﺎ َﻗ ِﺼﻴָדﺎ )ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.(٢٢-٢٠ :‬‬
‫ِﻚ ﷲﱠُ ﻳَ ْﺨ ُﻠ ُﻖ َﻣﺎ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ ِ‪َn‬‬ ‫َﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ َ‪ :‬ﱢ‪َ1 #‬ﻧﱠﻰ ﻳَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻮ! ﻟِﻲ َ'ﻟَ ٌﺪ َ'ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﻤ َﺴ ْﺴﻨِﻲ ﺑَ َﺸ ٌﺮ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ َﻛ َﺬﻟ ِ‬
‫ُﻮ ﻟَ ُﻪ ُﻛ ْﻦ َﻓﻴَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻮ! )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٤٧ :‬‬ ‫َﻗ َﻀﻰ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻣ ًﺮ َﻓﺈِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ ﻳَﻘ ُ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺄ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ ،L‬ﻓﺈ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ّ S‬‬
‫‪ /A‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻟﻢ‬ ‫”ﻛ ْﻦ َﻓﻴَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻮ!“‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺴﺴﻬﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻗﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺰﺟﻪ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ >ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺟﺎ‪B c‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ ﻛﺎ ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻓﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ‪B‬ﻻّ ﺣﺪ
ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﺗﻠﻘﺖ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺘﻜﻔﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻤﻌﺰ‪ Q‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ`‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮ
ﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﺷﺪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪dA‬ﻫﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻫﻴّﺄ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪ‪ c‬ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ‪A‬ﺳﺒﺎ{ ﻟﺮﺣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺔ‪A .‬ﺳﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎً ﻗﺼﻴﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ‬

‫‪22‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻷ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ /8‬ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮ‪ ،/‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺳﺮ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﷲ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻔﺖ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻈﺎﻧﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻛﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﺗﻤﺎ‪ S‬ﻻﺧﺘﻼ‪+‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻣﻨﺬ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻓﻌﻪ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ُﺧﻠِﻖ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪A‬ﺷﻜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﻮﻻ‪
8‬ﻟﻌﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎ‪B c‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﺧﺒﺮ ‪ّ A‬ﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺗﻪ ﺧﺼﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰ‪ L‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺮﺳﻮ‪A Q‬ﻧﻪ‬
‫"ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﷲ"‪:‬‬
‫ﻮ ﱠ‬
‫'‪m‬‬
‫ـﺮﻳَ َﻢ َ' ُ‪ٌ :‬‬ ‫ِﻤﺘُ ُﻪ ‪َ1‬ﻟْﻘَﺎ َﻫﺎ ِﻟَـﻰ َﻣ ْ‬
‫ﷲِ َ' َﻛﻠ َ‬ ‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ ُﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﺢ ﻋ َ‬ ‫”‪ِ ...‬ﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ ﻟْ َﻤ ِﺴ ُ‬
‫ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ‪) “...‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(١٧١:c‬‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ ُﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﻤ ُﻪ ﻟْ َﻤ ِﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻴﺢ ﻋ َ‬ ‫ِﻤ ٍﺔ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ ْ‬ ‫ِ! ﷲﱠَ ﻳُﺒَ ﱢﺸ ُﺮ ِ ﺑ َ‬
‫ِﻜﻠ َ‬ ‫”ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ ﻟْ َﻤ َﻼﺋ َ‬
‫ِﻜ ُﺔ ﻳَﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ ُﻢ  ﱠ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٤٥ :‬‬ ‫َﺮﺑ َ‬ ‫َ' ِﺟﻴ ًﻬﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َ' ْﻵ ِﺧ َﺮ ِ‪'َ A‬ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟْ ُﻤﻘ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗُﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﺒﺎ
"ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﷲ" ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ‪ /A‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺳﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﺧﺒﺮ ﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﺎ‪ ،
8‬ﻓﺈ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺎﺋﻼ‪ L‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻷﺳﻤﺎ‪ c‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪ A‬ﺿﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻛﺎ ﺿﻌﺎً ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺳﻤﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ "ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ" ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ‪8‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ A‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪B .‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﺛﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ A‬ﻳﻤﻮ‪ ،L‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﻮ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﺘﻼ‪ +‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪.‬‬

‫'ﻻ‪ AG‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮ‪ ،+‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻮﻻ‪A
8‬ﻣﺮ ﺻﻌﺐ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎ› ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ‪ A
A‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ‪ B‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪ B ،‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ‬

‫‪23‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﻦ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﺸﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪dA‬ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ A‬ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ‪ /A‬ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ‪ -‬ﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺖ ‪ A‬ﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻗﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺘﻤﺎ‪8‬ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ >ﻻ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﺨﺎ^‪A ،‬ﻣﺪﻫﺎ ﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ‪A‬ﺑﻠﻐﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ‪ A‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪ S‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﻬﻞ ﻟﻄﺮ‪ s‬ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻷﺣﻮ‪ .Q‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ‪A‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﷲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺘﺮ{ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻮﻻ‪،
8‬‬
‫ﺎ‪ِ s‬ﻟَﻰ ِﺟ ْﺬ ِ‘ ﻟﻨﱠ ْﺨ َﻠ ِﺔ َﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ ﻳَﺎﻟَْﻴﺘَﻨِﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ >ﻻ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﺨﺎ^ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺬ‪ u‬ﻧﺨﻠﺔ‪َ ” :‬ﻓﺄَ َﺟﺎ َ َﻫﺎ ﻟْ َﻤ َﺨ ُ‬
‫ِﻦ ﺗَ ْﺤﺘِ َﻬﺎ ‪َ1‬ﱠﻻ ﺗَ ْﺤ َﺰﻧِﻲ َﻗ ْﺪ َﺟ َﻌ َﻞ َ‪:‬ﺑﱡ ِﻚ ﺗَ ْﺤﺘَ ِﻚ َﺳ ِﺮﻳָדﺎ‬ ‫ِﺖ َﻗ ْﺒ َﻞ َﻫ َﺬ َ' ُﻛ ُ‬
‫ﻨﺖ ﻧَ ْﺴﻴًﺎ َﻣ ْﻨ ِﺴﻴָדﺎ َﻓﻨَﺎ َ‪َ G‬ﻫﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻣﱡ‬
‫ﺷ َﺮﺑِﻲ َ' َﻗ ﱢﺮ‪َ a‬ﻋ ْﻴﻨًﺎ َﻓﺈِ ﱠﻣﺎ ﺗَ َﺮﻳ ﱠ‬
‫ِﻦ‬ ‫ِﻂ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻚ ُ‪َ :‬ﻃﺒًﺎ َﺟﻨِﻴָדﺎ َﻓ ُﻜﻠِﻲ َ' ْ‬ ‫ِﺠ ْﺬ ِ‘ ﻟﻨﱠ ْﺨ َﻠ ِﺔ ﺗُ َﺴﺎﻗ ْ‬
‫َ' ُﻫ ﱢﺰ‪ِ a‬ﻟَْﻴ ِﻚ ﺑ ِ‬
‫ِﻧﺴﻴָדﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺎ! َﺻ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ َﻓ َﻠ ْﻦ ‪َ ُ1‬ﻛ ﱢﻠ َﻢ ﻟْﻴَ ْﻮ َ
 ِ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟْﺒَ َﺸ ِﺮ ‪َ َ1‬ﺣ ًﺪ َﻓﻘُﻮﻟِﻲ ِﻧﱢﻲ ﻧَ َﺬ ْ‪ ُ :‬ﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ِﻠﺮ ْﺣ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻣْ‬
‫‪.(٢٦-٢٣‬‬

‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ‬
‫'ﺣﻨَﺎ َ' َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﻨَﺎ َﻫﺎ َ'ﺑْﻨَ َﻬﺎ ‪3‬ﻳَ ًﺔ ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻌﺎﻟَﻤ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“‬ ‫ِﻦ ُ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳَ ُﻢ ﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺣ َﺼﻨَ ْﺖ َﻓ ْﺮ َﺟ َﻬﺎ َﻓﻨَﻔ ْ‬
‫َﺨﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻴ َﻬﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫” َ' ْ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪.(٩١ :c‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻ‪
8‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻮ‪ x8‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻦ ﷲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻣﺠﻲ‪ c‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪B S‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪B‬ﺣﺪ ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﷲ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﻣﻮ ﻇﻨﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻈﻨﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫َﺪ ِﺟ ْﺌ ِﺖ َﺷ ْﻴﺌًﺎ َﻓ ِﺮﻳָדﺎ ﻳَﺎ‪ْ ُ1‬ﺧ َﺖ َﻫﺎ ُ‪َ :‬‬
‫'! َﻣﺎ َﻛ َ‬
‫ﺎ!‬ ‫” َﻓﺄَﺗَ ْﺖ ﺑِ ِﻪ َﻗ ْﻮ َﻣ َﻬﺎ ﺗَ ْﺤ ِﻤ ُﻠ ُﻪ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ ﻳَﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ ُﻢ ﻟَﻘ ْ‬
‫ﻮ  ْﻣ َﺮ‪َ َ1‬ﺳ ْﻮ ٍ َ' َﻣﺎ َﻛﺎﻧَ ْﺖ ‪ ُ1‬ﱡﻣ ِﻚ ﺑَﻐِﻴָדﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.(٢٨-٢٧ :‬‬ ‫‪َ1‬ﺑُ ِ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ ،L‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻤﻜﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻧﻌﺰﻟﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ`‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺖ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ ‪ A‬ﺗﻘﺪ‪ /A S‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺗﻬﻤﻮﻫﺎ ‪ًd‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻈﻨﻮﻧﻬﻢ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺄﻣﻮ ﻣﺸﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺨﺠﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻊ ‪ A‬ﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ﻧﺸﺄﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ >‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪A‬ﻧﺸﺌﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ﻣﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﷲ ﻣﺪ ﺗﺪﻳﻨﻬﻢ‪B ،‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻣﻀﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻤﺰﻫﻢ ﺗﻬﺎﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﻜﺎ{ ﻟﻔﺎﺣﺸﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ
‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻘﻲ ﷲ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﺗﻬﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮ‪ u‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺮﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺳﻮ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻬﺎ ‪ d‬ﺑﻬﺘﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﺑﺘﻼ‪ c‬ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻨﺬ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻬﺎ ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ‪ A‬ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺬﻫﺎ ﻟﻌﻮﺻﻒ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﻬﻮﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺪﻛﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺷﺘﺪ‪ L‬ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{ ﺿﺎﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻌﺎ‪8‬ﺗﻬﺎ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪ‪ k‬ﺟﻴﺪ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺎ›‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﷲ ‪8B‬ﺗﻪ‪A ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺒﺮ‪A‬ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺐ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ًd‬ﺑﻬﺘﺎﻧﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﻞ ﷲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻓﺄﺣﻰ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ A‬ﺗﺼﻮ‪ S‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻼ‪ S‬ﺗﻴﺴﻴﺮ ﻷﻣﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﻬﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﻬﻤﻮﻫﺎ‪A ،‬ﻋﺰ ﷲ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪ A‬ﺗﺼﻤﺖ ‪ A‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺘﻨﺒﺖ ‪ A‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪ /A Q‬ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻀﻴﻖ ‪ A‬ﻳﺴﻲ‪c‬‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻﺗﻬﺎﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺎ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺸﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﻻ‪
8‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٤٦ :‬‬ ‫ِﺤ َ‬‫ﻟﺼﺎﻟ ِ‬
‫ِﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎ† ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻬ ِﺪ َ' َﻛ ْﻬ ًﻼ َ'ﻣ ْ‬ ‫” َ'ﻳُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻢ ﻟﻨﱠ َ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻤﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻄﻖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻜﺬ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪A .S‬ﻣﺎ‪ S‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ
ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﻳﺪ ﷲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﺪ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﻜﻴﺪ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﺿﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﷲِ ‪3‬ﺗَﺎﻧِﻲ‬ ‫ﺎ ِﻧﱢﻲ َﻋﺒ ُﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫” َﻓﺄَ َﺷﺎ َ‪ِ ْ :‬ﻟَْﻴ ِﻪ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ َﻛ ْﻴ َﻒ ﻧُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻢ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻛ َ‬
‫ﺎ! ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻬ ِﺪ َﺻﺒِﻴָדﺎ َﻗ َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻨﺖ َ'‪َ 'ْ َ1‬ﺻﺎﻧِﻲ ﺑ ﱠ‬
‫ِﺎﻟﺼ َﻼ ِ‪'َ A‬ﻟ ﱠﺰ َﻛﺎ ِ‪َ A‬ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺎ‪َ 'َ #‬ﺟ َﻌ َﻠﻨِﻲ ﻧَﺒِﻴָדﺎ َ' َﺟ َﻌ َﻠﻨِﻲ ُﻣﺒَﺎ َ‪ً :‬ﻛﺎ ‪َ1‬ﻳْ َﻦ َﻣﺎ ُﻛ ُ‬
‫ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬
‫ُ‪ْ G‬ﻣ ُﺖ َﺣﻴָדﺎ َ'ﺑَ ָדﺮ ﺑِ َﻮﻟِ َﺪﺗِﻲ َ'ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﺠ َﻌ ْﻠﻨِﻲ َﺟﺒﱠﺎ ً‪َ :‬ﺷﻘِﻴָדﺎ َ' ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺴ َﻼ ُ
َﻋ َﻠ ﱠﻲ ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ُ'ﻟ ِْﺪ ُ َ'ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
‬
‫ﻮ َ'ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
‪ُ1‬ﺑْ َﻌ ُﺚ َﺣﻴָדﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.(٣٣-٢٩ :‬‬ ‫‪ُ َ1‬ﻣ ُ‬
‫ﺧﺎ‪ Q‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺧﻄﺎ‪ c‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪ A‬ﻧﻄﻖ ﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ Qd‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ ﺑﻜﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﻮ‪ٍ /‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ‪ L‬ﻟﻜﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻓﻮ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ A‬ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻣﺪﻫﺶ ﻓﻌﻼً‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻫﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﺒﻨﻲ ‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻻ ﻟﺒﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪A ،‬ﻧﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﻣﺎ‪A S‬ﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎ‪ /8‬ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎً‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻻﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ‪8‬ﻟﻴ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺣﻘﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻤﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎً ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺄ ﻓﻲ‬‫‪ B‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ ّ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ‪ 8ّ  .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪B‬ﻓﻚ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺮ‪c‬ﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺄ ‪A‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ
ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻔﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﻫﺸﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻌﻬﻢ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ .c‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻮﻋﺪ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻻﺗﻬﺎﻣﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ
ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﻫﻢ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ َﻦ‬
‫ﻴﺢ ﻋ َ‬ ‫ِﻢ ِﻧﱠﺎ َﻗﺘَ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ﻟْ َﻤ ِﺴ َ‬
‫ِﻢ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ ﺑُ ْﻬﺘَﺎﻧًﺎ َﻋ ِﻈﻴ ًﻤﺎ َ' َﻗ ْﻮﻟِﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ َ' َﻗ ْﻮﻟِﻬ ْ‬ ‫” َ'ﺑ ُ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻔ ِﺮﻫ ْ‬
‫ﺧﺘََﻠﻔُﻮ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ‬ ‫ِ! ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ْ‬ ‫ﷲِ َ' َﻣﺎ َﻗﺘَُﻠﻮ ُ‪َ 'َ l‬ﻣﺎ َﺻ َﻠﺒُﻮ ُ‪'َ l‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ْﻦ ُﺷﺒﱢ َﻪ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ' ﱠ‬ ‫ﻮ ﱠ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ َ‬
‫ﺎ‘ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻈ ﱢﻦ َ' َﻣﺎ َﻗﺘَُﻠﻮ ُ‪ l‬ﻳَﻘِﻴﻨًﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪:c‬‬ ‫ﻟَﻔِﻲ َﺷ ﱟﻚ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ َﻣﺎ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑِ ِﻪ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ِﻋ ْﻠ ٍﻢ  ﱠِﻻ ﺗﱢﺒَ َ‬
‫‪.(١٥٧-١٥٦‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

‬
‫‪A‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‪ L‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻲ ‪ L8‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻫﻲ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ ،{A‬ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ ‪B‬ﻋﻼﻧﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﺈ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺗﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺘﺎ‬
‫ﻹﺛﺒﺎ‪ L‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺗﻔﺮ‪ F8‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻻ ﻟﺒﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻚ ‪ A‬ﻻ‪
8‬ﻃﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ /‬ﻓﻮ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺳﻮ ﺑﺈﻋﺠﺎ‪ d‬ﺑﺎﻧﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻠّﻤﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﺢ‬
‫'‪m‬‬‫ِﻚ ِ ْ‪َ1 n‬ﻳﱠﺪﺗﱡ َﻚ ﺑ ُِﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺎ ﷲﱠُ ﻳَﺎﻋ َ‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ َﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ ‪ُ n‬‬
‫ْﻛ ْﺮ ﻧِ ْﻌ َﻤﺘِﻲ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻚ َ' َﻋﻠﻰ َ'ﻟِ َﺪﺗ َ‬ ‫”ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪'َ #‬ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ َﺔ َ'ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ‪Aَ :‬‬ ‫ﺎ† ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻬ ِﺪ َ' َﻛ ْﻬ ًﻼ َ'ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻋ ﱠﻠ ْﻤﺘُ َﻚ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﻟْ ُﻘ ُﺪ ِ† ﺗُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻢ ﻟﻨﱠ َ‬
‫ِْﻧﺠ َ‬
‫ﻴﻞ“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ‪.(١١٠ :A‬‬ ‫َ'ﻹ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‪ L‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻄ ِ‬ ‫ِﻦ َ‪:‬ﺑﱢ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪َ1‬ﻧﱢﻲ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺧ ُﻠ ُﻖ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﱢ‬ ‫ِﻴﻞ ‪َ1‬ﻧﱢﻲ َﻗ ْﺪ ِﺟ ْﺌﺘُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑِﺂﻳَ ٍﺔ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻮﻻ ِﻟَﻰ ﺑَﻨِﻲ  ْ‬
‫ِﺳ َﺮﺋ َ‬ ‫” َ' َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ً‬

‫‪26‬‬
‫“ َ'‪ْ ُ1‬ﺣ ِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻮﺗَﻰ‬ ‫ﻷ ْﻛ َﻤ َﻪ َ' َْ‬
‫ﻷﺑْ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ِ” َْ‬ ‫ْ! ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َ'‪ُ1‬ﺑْﺮ ُ‬ ‫ُﺦ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ َﻓﻴَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻮ! َﻃ ْﻴ ًﺮ ﺑِﺈِ‪ِ n‬‬ ‫ﻟﻄ ْﻴ ِﺮ َﻓﺄَﻧﻔ ُ‬
‫َﻛ َﻬ ْﻴﺌَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ِﻚ َﻵﻳَ ًﺔ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ  ِْ!‬
‫ِ! ﻓِﻲ َ‪n‬ﻟ َ‬ ‫ِﻜ ْﻢ  ﱠ‬ ‫'! ﻓِﻲ ﺑُﻴُﻮﺗ ُ‬ ‫ﻮ! َ' َﻣﺎ ﺗَ ﱠﺪ ِﺧ ُﺮ َ‬ ‫ْ! ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َ'‪ُ1‬ﻧَﺒﱢﺌُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑ َِﻤﺎ ﺗَْﺄ ُﻛ ُﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺑِﺈِ‪ِ n‬‬
‫ِﻨﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
‪ QA‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٤٩ :‬‬ ‫ُﻛ ْﻨﺘُ ْﻢ ُﻣ ْﺆﻣ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺎ‪8‬ﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﻨﺘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮ ﺑﺄ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ B S‬ﻫﻮ ‪B‬ﻻ ﺳﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻳﺢ‪:‬‬
‫” َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ َﻫ َﺬ ِﺳ ْﺤ ٌﺮ ُﻣﺒ ٌ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎ‪.(٦ :L‬‬

‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

ﻟﻠ ّﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫'ﺗﺠﺸﻤﻪ ﻟﺼﻌﺎ‪#‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺻﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺖ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ A S‬ﺑﻨﻲ ‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄ‪ sd‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻗﺘﺼﺎ‪ /8‬ﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻟﺒﻼ‪ 8‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻻﺧﺘﻼ‪ +‬ﻟﺘﻤﺰ‪ s‬ﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ /‬ﻟﻤﺬﻫﺒﻲ‪...‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺟﻮ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﻛﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺨﺮ› ﻳﻨﻘﺬﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻤﻨﻘﺬ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ ﷲ ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﻧﻄﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻨﻲ ‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ‪A‬ﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮ ﺑﻨﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ`‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ‪A‬ﻣﻞ ﻟﺨﻼ|‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺒﺪ‪ /‬ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ ﺣﻤﺎ
‪A‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻹﻧﻜﺎ ﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪً ﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﻄﻮ ﻟﻘﺘﻠﻪ ‪ A‬ﻟﻘﻀﺎ‪ c‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻮ ﻟﺴﻤﺎ‪ u‬ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺠﺤﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻌﺎﻫﻢ ﻫﺬ‪B ،‬ﻻ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻮ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻮ ‪A‬ﻟﺪ ‪A‬ﻋﺪ‪ c‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ‪ A‬ﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻷﻣﺮ ‪ A‬ﻟﻌﺪ‪ c‬ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺼﺪ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﻔﺮ
‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﷲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ‪ B‬ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺟﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
‪A‬ﺷﻬﺮ ﻟﻌﺪ‪ c‬ﻟﻪ ﺑﻤﺠﺮ‪8‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﺋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺳﺒﺎ{‪A .‬ﻫﻢ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺳﺒﺎ{‪A ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻛﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻨﺎ`‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻮ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻬﻤﻮ‪ F‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﺒﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻬﻢ ‪dB‬ﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪ A‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻛﺎ ﻳﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﻓﻬﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻞ ﻟﺘﻄﻬﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻣﻤﺎ ‪8A‬ﺧﻠﺘﻪ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﺧﺎﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺮﻫﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺣﻜﺎ‪d S‬ﺋﻔﺔ ﺧﺮﻓﺎ‪.L‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ ﺑﻨﻮ ‪B‬ﺳﺮﺋﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺮﻓﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺤﺮﻣﻮ ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﺣﻞ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺣﻠﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫‪8‬ﻋﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻻﺗﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎً ﻟﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻮ
‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪Q‬‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺾ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪ُ a‬ﺣ ﱢﺮ َ
َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ' ِﺟ ْﺌﺘُ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬‫ِﻦ ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ‪ُ ِ 'َ Aِ :‬ﻷ ِﺣ ﱠﻞ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑَ ْﻌ َ‬
‫” َ' ُﻣ َﺼ ﱢﺪ ًﻗﺎ ﻟِ َﻤﺎ ﺑَْﻴ َﻦ ﻳَ َﺪ ﱠ‪ a‬ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٥٠ :‬‬ ‫ِﻦ َ‪:‬ﺑﱢ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻓﺎﺗﱠﻘُﻮ ﷲﱠَ َ'‪َ1‬ﻃِﻴ ُﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺑِﺂﻳَ ٍﺔ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻓﻲ >ﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﺟﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﻗﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﻘﻰ ﺑّﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ ِﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ ُﻣ َﺼ ﱢﺪ ًﻗﺎ ﻟِ َﻤﺎ ﺑَْﻴ َﻦ ﻳَ َﺪﻳْ ِﻪ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ‪3'َ Aِ :‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ ُ‪l‬‬ ‫ِﻢ ﺑِﻌ َ‬ ‫” َ' َﻗﻔ ْﱠﻴﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ‪3‬ﺛَﺎ ِ‪:‬ﻫ ْ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ‪ُ 'َ Aِ :‬ﻫ ًﺪ َ' َﻣ ْﻮﻋ َ‬
‫ِﻈ ًﺔ ﻟِ ْﻠ ُﻤﺘﱠﻘ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻞ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ُﻫ ًﺪ َ'ﻧُﻮ ٌ‪ُ 'َ :‬ﻣ َﺼ ﱢﺪ ًﻗﺎ ﻟ َِﻤﺎ ﺑَْﻴ َﻦ ﻳَ َﺪﻳْ ِﻪ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِْﻧﺠ َ‬ ‫ﻹ ِ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪.(٤٦ :‬‬
‫ﻛﺎ ‪d‬ﻋﻤﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪A 8‬ﺻﺤﺎ{ ﻟﻨﻔﻮ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﻜﻴﻠﻮ ﻻﺗﻬﺎﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﺿﺪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺒﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻄﻘﻮﺳﻬﻢ ﻋﺎ‪8‬ﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪A‬ﺳﺎ` ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻹﺧﻼ| ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻷﺧﻮ
ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ`‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﻗﻊ ﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﻮﺟﺌﻮ ﺑﻤﻔﻬﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﻟﻔﻮ‪ .F‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺾ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪a‬‬‫ﺑَ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺎ َﻗ ْﺪ ِﺟ ْﺌﺘُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ ِﺔ َ' ِ ُﻷﺑَﻴﱢ َﻦ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫ﺎ َﻗ َ‬ ‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒَﻴﱢﻨَ ِ‬
‫” َ'ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ َﺟﺎ َ ﻋ َ‬
‫َﻫ َﺬ ِﺻ َﺮ ٌ‬
‫?‬ ‫ِ! ﷲﱠَ ُﻫ َﻮ َ‪:‬ﺑﱢﻲ َ' َ‪:‬ﺑﱡ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻓﺎ ْﻋﺒُ ُﺪ' ُ‪l‬‬ ‫ﻮ!  ﱠ‬‫ُﻮ! ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ َﻓﺎﺗﱠﻘُﻮ ﷲﱠَ َ'‪َ1‬ﻃِﻴ ُﻌ ِ‬
‫ﺗَ ْﺨﺘَِﻠﻔ َ‬
‫‪ #‬ﻳَ ْﻮ ٍ
‪َ1‬ﻟِﻴ ٍﻢ“‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻇ َﻠ ُﻤﻮ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻋ َﺬ ِ‬ ‫ِﻢ َﻓ َﻮﻳْ ٌﻞ ﻟِﱠﻠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ﺑَْﻴﻨِﻬ ْ‬
‫‪ #‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺎﺧﺘََﻠ َﻒ َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْﺣ َﺰ ُ‬ ‫ِﻴﻢ)‪َ (٦٤‬ﻓ ْ‬
‫ُﻣ ْﺴﺘَﻘ ٌ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺰﺧﺮ‪.(٦٥-٦٣ :+‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
‫ﻛﺎ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﻟﺼﺎ‪ s8‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪َ S‬ﻣﺜَﺎَ ﻧﺘﺒﺎ‪ F‬ﻟﻨﺎ`‬
‫ﻋﺠﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ ‪A‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺰ‪ 88‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻮ‪ .S‬ﻛﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪،S‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻫﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺨﻼ| ﻗﺪ ﻗﺘﺮ{ ‪ A‬ﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻬﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪G‬ﻋﺎ ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪ G‬ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻠﻮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ
‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪A A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻋﻢ ﻟﺮﺋﺞ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺄ ﻟﺮﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺒﻮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻗﺘﻠﻮ‪.F‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬ ﻻ‪8‬ﻋﺎ‪ ،c‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﺮﻣﺎ ﺟﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻗﺎﻣﻮ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﺒﻮ‪ F‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺘﻠﻮ‪ .F‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺻﺪ‪ s‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺳﺨﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺄ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻓﻊ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﻤﺎ‪ .L‬ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ A‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪ ّ A‬ﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻮ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َ' َﻣﺎ َﻗﺘَُﻠﻮ ُ‪َ 'َ l‬ﻣﺎ َﺻ َﻠﺒُﻮ ُ‪'َ l‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ْﻦ‬ ‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ َﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ َ‬
‫ﻴﺢ ﻋ َ‬ ‫ِﻢ ِﻧﱠﺎ َﻗﺘَ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ﻟْ َﻤ ِﺴ َ‬
‫” َ' َﻗ ْﻮﻟِﻬ ْ‬
‫ﺎ‘ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻈ ﱢﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺘََﻠﻔُﻮ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻟَﻔِﻲ َﺷ ﱟﻚ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ َﻣﺎ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑِ ِﻪ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ِﻋ ْﻠ ٍﻢ  ﱠِﻻ ﺗﱢﺒَ َ‬ ‫ِ! ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ْ‬ ‫ُﺷﺒﱢ َﻪ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ' ﱠ‬
‫َ' َﻣﺎ َﻗﺘَُﻠﻮ ُ‪ l‬ﻳَﻘِﻴﻨًﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(١٥٧ :c‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(١٥٨ :c‬‬ ‫ﺎ! ﷲﱠُ َﻋﺰِﻳ ًﺰ َﺣ ِﻜ ً‬
‫”ﺑَ ْﻞ َ‪َ :‬ﻓ َﻌ ُﻪ ﷲﱠُ ِﻟَْﻴ ِﻪ َ' َﻛ َ‬
‫ﻵﻳﺔ ﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﻣﺎ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﻮ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺾ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪A 8‬ﺧﻔﻘﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻌﺎﻫﻢ ﻫﺬ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺎ
" َ'ﻟَ ِﻜ ْﻦ ُﺷﺒﱢ َﻪ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ " ﻟﻮ‪
8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎ‪8‬ﺛﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻓﻌﻪ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻠﻮ‪ F‬ﺷﺎﻛﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻪ ﻟﻴﻘﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ‪ B‬ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻟﻈﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ '‪ G:‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ !3‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺄ ﻣﻮ‪ L‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ A c‬ﺳﺘﺸﻬﺎ‪8‬ﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮ‪ L‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﺗﺒﺮ‪A d‬ﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬

‫‪29‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻧﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮ‪ L‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﻘﺘﻞ ‪ A‬ﻣﻮ‪ L‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫"ﻟﻘﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﻮ‪ ،L‬ﻟﻬﻼ‪ ،k‬ﻟﺼﻠﺐ" ‪ A‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﻷﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﺑﺄ‪ /‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺷﻜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪َ :‬‬
‫” َﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳُﻘﺘﻞ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻗَﺘَﻠُﻮ ُ‪َ َ F‬ﻣﺎ َﺻﻠَﺒُﻮ ُ‪َ F‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ْﻦ ُﺷﺒﱢ َﻪ ﻟَ ُﻬﻢ“‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﺢ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻠﻮ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺎً ﻟﻪ‪A ،‬‬
‫ﷲ ﻓﻌﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄ ﷲ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫َﺮ' َ' َﺟﺎﻋ ُ‬
‫ِﻞ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬‫ِﻦ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻚ َ' َ‪ِ :‬ﻓ ُﻌ َﻚ ِﻟَ ﱠﻲ َ' ُﻣ َﻄ ﱢﻬ ُﺮ َ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺎ ﷲﱠُ ﻳَﺎﻋ َ‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ِﻧﱢﻲ ُﻣﺘَ َﻮﻓﱢ َ‬ ‫”ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗ َ‬
‫َﺮ' ِﻟَﻰ ﻳَ ْﻮ ِ
ﻟْﻘِﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ِﻟَ ﱠﻲ َﻣ ْﺮ ِﺟ ُﻌ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻓﺄَ ْﺣ ُﻜ ُﻢ ﺑَْﻴﻨَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ﺗﱠﺒَ ُﻌ َ‬
‫ﻮ َﻓ ْﻮ َ( ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ﻓِﻴ َﻤﺎ ُﻛ ْﻨﺘُ ْﻢ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺗَ ْﺨﺘَِﻠﻔ َ‬
‫ُﻮ!“‪) .‬ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٥٥ :‬‬
‫ﻵ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻧﻘﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ” ُﻣﺘَ َﻮﻓﱢ َ‬
‫ﻴﻚ “ ﻟﻮ‪
8‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪:‬‬

‫‪ - ١‬ﻟﻮﻓﺎ‪:A‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻟﻮﻓﺎ‪ "A‬ﻟﻮ‪
8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻟﻤﻮ‪ "L‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺄ ّﻣﻞ ﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﺢ ‪ ّ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ١١٧‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
ﺗﺸﺮ‪ p‬ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫” َﻣﺎ ُﻗ ْﻠ ُﺖ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ  ﱠِﻻ َﻣﺎ ‪َ َ1‬ﻣ ْﺮﺗَﻨِﻲ ﺑِ ِﻪ ‪ْ  !ْ َ1‬ﻋﺒُ ُﺪ' ﷲﱠَ َ‪:‬ﺑﱢﻲ َ' َ‪:‬ﺑﱠ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ' ُﻛ ُ‬
‫ﻨﺖ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ َﺷﻬِﻴ ًﺪ َﻣﺎ‬
‫ِﻢ َ'‪َ1‬ﻧْ َﺖ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍ َﺷﻬِﻴ ٌﺪ“‪.‬‬ ‫ِﻴﺐ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬ ‫ﻨﺖ ‪َ1‬ﻧْ َﺖ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻗ َ‬ ‫ِﻢ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺗَ َﻮﻓﱠ ْﻴﺘَﻨِﻲ ُﻛ َ‬ ‫ُ‪ْ G‬ﻣ ُﺖ ﻓِﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺗَ َﻮﻓﱠ ْﻴﺘَﻨِﻲ" ﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﺬ "ﻓّﻰ" ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ "ﻗﺒﺾ ﻟﺮ'‪ ."m‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎً ‪ A‬ﻗﺒﺾ ﻟﺮ‪ p‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﻮ‪8 L‬ﻣﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪ ،Q‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪> k‬ﻳﺔ ﺗﺮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﻓﺎ
ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﻮ‪L‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﺾ ﻟﺮ‪ p‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠّﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
 ‫ﺎﻛ ْﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠﻠ ْﻴ ِﻞ َ'ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻢ َﻣﺎ َﺟ َﺮ ْﺣﺘُ ْﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱠ َﻬﺎ ِ‪ :‬ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ﻳَْﺒ َﻌﺜُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻟِﻴُﻘ َ‬
‫ْﻀﻰ ‪َ َ1‬ﺟ ٌﻞ‬ ‫” َ' ُﻫ َﻮ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪ a‬ﻳَﺘَ َﻮﻓﱠ ُ‬
‫ُﻣ َﺴ ָדﻤﻰ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ِﻟَْﻴ ِﻪ َﻣ ْﺮ ِﺟ ُﻌ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ﻳُﻨَﺒﱢﺌُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ ُﻛﻨﺘُ ْﻢ ﺗَ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻮ!“‪) .‬ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻧﻌﺎ‪.(٦٠ :S‬‬
‫ﺎﻛ ْﻢ“ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ "ﻟﻮﻓﺎ
"‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”ﻳَﺘَ َﻮ ﱠﻓ ُ‬
‫‪ L8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪ A /A .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺗﻮﻓﻰ" ﺗﺮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﺑﺄ‪ /‬ﺣﺎ‪ Q‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻮ‪،Q‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ‪ A‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”ﻳَﺘَ َﻮ ﱠﻓ ُ‬
‫ﺎﻛ ْﻢ“ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﻮ‪B L‬ﻧّﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ "ﻗﺒﺾ ﻷ‪ p‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﻴﻞ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻦ َﻣ ْﻮﺗِ َﻬﺎ َ'ﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَ ُﻤ ْﺖ ﻓِﻲ َﻣﻨَﺎ ِﻣ َﻬﺎ َﻓﻴُ ْﻤ ِﺴ ُﻚ ﻟﱠﺘِﻲ َﻗ َﻀﻰ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻬﺎ‬
‫ُﺲ ِﺣ َ‬ ‫”ﷲﱠُ ﻳَﺘَ َﻮﻓﱠﻰ َْ‬
‫ﻷﻧْﻔ َ‬
‫ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻮ َ َ'ﻳُ ْﺮ ِﺳ ُﻞ ُْ‬
‫ﻷ ْﺧ َﺮ ِﻟَﻰ ‪َ َ1‬ﺟ ٍﻞ ُﻣ َﺴ ָדﻤﻰ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.(٤٢:‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﻷﻧﻔﺲ ‪ B‬ﺟﺎ‪A c‬ﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪A ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄ‪L‬‬
‫‪A‬ﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻬﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻳﺤﻴﻦ ‪A‬ﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﻬﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﻮ ﺣﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻔﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﻟﻤﺪ
ﻣﻦ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ ‪8‬ﺧﻠﺖ ﺑﻌﺪً >ﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫‪B‬ﺑﻘﺎ‪ c‬ﺣﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ
ﻋﻦ ﺟﺴﺪ‪B F‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺮ‪.p‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﺒﺮﻓﺴﻮ ﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ >ﺗﺶ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺗﻮﻓﻰ" ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺗﻮﻓﻰ" ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻨﻮ‪ ،S‬ﻫﻮ ‪ /A‬ﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺈ ﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ "ﺳﺄﺟﻌﻠﻚ ﺗﻨﺎ‪ ."S‬ﻫﻜﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫”ﻧُ ﱢﻮ َ‪ “S‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺎ‪ A ،S‬ﻫﺬ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑُ ْﻌ ٍﺪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ >ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﷲ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ‪) .‬ﻟﺒﺮﻓﺴﻮ ﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ >ﺗﺶ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺴـﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻟﻠﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪.(٥٠-٤٩ .| ،‬‬

‫‪ - ٢‬ﻟ َﻘ ْﺘ ُﻞ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ” َﻗﺘَ َﻞ“ ﺑﻜﺜﺮ
ﻟﻺﺷﺎ
‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻮ‪.L‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫ﺎ‪ !ْ َ1 o‬ﻳُﺒَ ﱢﺪ َ ‪ِG‬ﻳﻨَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪!ْ َ1 'ْ َ1‬‬
‫ﻮﺳﻰ َ'ﻟْﻴَ ْﺪ ُ‘ َ‪:‬ﺑﱠ ُﻪ ِﻧﱢﻲ ‪َ َ1‬ﺧ ُ‬
‫ﺎ ﻓ ِْﺮ َﻋ ْﻮ ُ! َ‪':ُ n‬ﻧِﻲ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻗﺘُ ْﻞ ُﻣ َ‬
‫” َ' َﻗ َ‬
‫َﺴﺎ َ‪) “G‬ﺳﻮ
ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪.(٢٦ :‬‬ ‫‪ s‬ﻟْﻔ َ‬ ‫ِﺮ ﻓِﻲ َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ﻳُ ْﻈﻬ َ‬
‫ﻮﺳﻰ"‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﺬ "ﻗﺘﻞ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻔﻌﻞ " ‪َْA‬ﻗﺘُ ْﻞ" ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎ
" ‪ْ َ1‬ﻗﺘُ ْﻞ ُﻣ َ‬
‫ﻼ >ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﺬ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ >ﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺪ ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﻴﻦ ﺑِ َﻐ ْﻴ ِﺮ ﻟْ َﺤ ﱢﻖ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(٦٢ :‬‬ ‫” َ'ﻳَ ْﻘﺘُُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻮ! ﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢ َ‬
‫ﻮ!" ﻟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺬ ”ﻗﺘﻞ“ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻼ ﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ "ﻳَ ْﻘﺘُُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮ‪B L‬ﺷﺎ
ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻞ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،c‬ﻓﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻓﻌﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺿﻊ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﱞ‬
‫ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﺬ ﻗﺘﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ #‬ﻟْ َﺤﺮ ِ‬
‫ِﻳﻖ“ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ُﻮ ‪ُ 'ُn‬ﻗﻮ َﻋ َﺬ َ‬ ‫”ﺳﻨَ ْﻜﺘُ ُﺐ َﻣﺎ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ َ' َﻗ ْﺘ َﻠ ُﻬ ْﻢ َْ‬
‫ﻷﻧْﺒِﻴَﺎ َ ﺑِ َﻐ ْﻴ ِﺮ َﺣ ﱟﻖ َ'ﻧَﻘ ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(١٨١ :‬‬
‫ﺳﺘَ ْﻜﺒَ ْﺮﺗُ ْﻢ َﻓ َﻔﺮِﻳﻘًﺎ َﻛ ﱠﺬﺑْﺘُ ْﻢ َ' َﻓﺮِﻳﻘًﺎ‬
‫ُﺴ ُﻜ ْﻢ ْ‬ ‫”‪ََ1 ...‬ﻓ ُﻜ ﱠﻠ َﻤﺎ َﺟﺎ َ ُﻛ ْﻢ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ٌ‬
‫ﻮ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ َﻻ ﺗَ ْﻬ َﻮ ‪َ1‬ﻧﻔ ُ‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(٨٧ :‬‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﻘﺘُُﻠ َ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ُﻞ  ِْ! ُﻛﻨﺘُ ْﻢ ُﻣ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻮ! ‪َ1‬ﻧْﺒِﻴﺎ َ ﱠ‬ ‫”‪ُ ...‬ﻗ ْﻞ َﻓﻠ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﺒﻘﺮ‪.(٩١ :A‬‬ ‫ﷲِ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻢ ﺗَ ْﻘﺘُُﻠ َ َ‬
‫ﺎ†“ )ﺳﻮ
>‪Q‬‬ ‫ِﺴ ِﻂ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟﻨﱠ ِ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ﻳَْﺄ ُﻣ ُﺮ َ‬
‫'! ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘ ْ‬ ‫ﻮ! ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ ﺑِ َﻐ ْﻴ ِﺮ َﺣ ﱟﻖ َ'ﻳَ ْﻘﺘُُﻠ َ‬ ‫” َ'ﻳَ ْﻘﺘُُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻮ! ﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢ َ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٢١ :‬‬
‫ِﻢ َﻗﺘَ ْﻠﺘُ ُﻤﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ  ِْ! ُﻛ ْﻨﺘُ ْﻢ َﺻﺎ ِ‪G‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ‪ 3 A:‬ﻋﻤﺮ!‪.(١٨٣ :‬‬ ‫”‪'َ ...‬ﺑِﺎﻟﱠﺬِ‪ُ a‬ﻗ ْﻠﺘُ ْﻢ َﻓﻠ َ‬
‫ﺎﺳ ٍﻂ ﻳَﺪِ‪ِ a‬ﻟَْﻴ َﻚ ِ َﻷ ْﻗﺘَُﻠ َﻚ" )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪،‬‬
‫ﻄﺖ ِﻟَ ﱠﻲ ﻳَ َﺪ َ ﻟِﺘَ ْﻘﺘَُﻠﻨِﻲ َﻣﺎ ‪َ1‬ﻧَﺎ ﺑِﺒَ ِ‬ ‫”‪ ...‬ﻟَﺌ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﺑَ َﺴ َ‬
‫‪.(٢٨‬‬
‫ﻮﺳ َﻒ ‪ْ 'ْ َ1‬ﻃ َﺮ ُﺣﻮ ُ‪ً :ْ َ1 l‬ﺿﺎ‪) “...‬ﺳﻮ
ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪.(٩ :‬‬
‫” ْﻗﺘُُﻠﻮ ﻳُ ُ‬
‫” َ' َﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ  ْﻣ َﺮ‪ Aُ َ1‬ﻓ ِْﺮ َﻋ ْﻮ َ! ُﻗ ﱠﺮ ُ‪َ A‬ﻋ ْﻴ ٍﻦ ﻟِﻲ َ'ﻟَ َﻚ َﻻ ﺗَ ْﻘﺘُُﻠﻮ ُ‪) “...l‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪.(٩ :‬‬
‫ﺎﺻ ِﺤ َ‬
‫ﻴﻦ‪“...‬‬ ‫ﺎﺧ ُﺮ ْ˜ ِﻧﱢﻲ ﻟَ َﻚ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟﻨﱠ ِ‬ ‫ِﻚ ﻟِﻴَ ْﻘﺘُُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻮ َﻓ ْ‬ ‫'! ﺑ َ‬
‫ِﺮ َ‬ ‫ِ! ﻟْ َﻤ ََ‬
‫ﻸ ﻳَْﺄﺗَﻤ ُ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻰ  ﱠ‬ ‫” َﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ ﻳَﺎ ُﻣ َ‬

‫‪32‬‬
 ‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪.(٢ :‬‬
‫‪َ #‬ﻗ ْﻮ ِﻣ ِﻪ  ﱠِﻻ ‪َ !ْ َ1‬ﻗﺎﻟُﻮ  ْﻗﺘُُﻠﻮ ُ‪َ 'ْ َ1 l‬ﺣ ﱢﺮ ُﻗﻮ ُ‪) “...l‬ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫” َﻓ َﻤﺎ َﻛ َ‬
‫ﺎ! َﺟ َﻮ َ‬
‫‪.(٢٤‬‬

‫‪ - ٣‬ﻟﻬﻼ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻌﻞ >ﺧﺮ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻒ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ ،L‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ”ﻫﻠﻚ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫”‪...‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ِ‪َ َn‬ﻫ َﻠ َﻚ ُﻗ ْﻠﺘُ ْﻢ ﻟَ ْﻦ ﻳَْﺒ َﻌ َﺚ ﷲﱠُ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﺑَ ْﻌ ِﺪ ِ‪ُ :َ l‬ﺳﻮﻻً“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪.(٣٤ :‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫َﻚ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪ L8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ‪A‬ﻋﻼ‪ F‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻮ‪.L‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺿﺢ ‪ A‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ َﻫﻠ َ‬

‫‪- ٤‬ﻟﻤﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻒ ﻣﻮ‪ L‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪.c‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻨﺴﺄَﺗَ ُﻪ‪) “...‬ﺳﻮ
ﺳﺒﺄ‪.(١٤ :‬‬
‫‪ s‬ﺗَْﺄ ُﻛ ُﻞ ﻣ َ‬ ‫” َﻣﺎ َ‪G‬ﻟﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﻣ ْﻮﺗِ ِﻪ  ﱠِﻻ َ‪G‬ﺑﱠ ُﺔ َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮ| ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ‪:‬‬
‫”‪َ 'َ ...‬ﺳ َﻼ ٌ
َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ُ'ﻟِ َﺪ َ'ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ﻳَ ُﻤ ُ‬
‫ﻮ َ'ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ﻳُْﺒ َﻌ ُﺚ َﺣﻴָדﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.(١٥ :‬‬
‫ﻮ“ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪ L8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﺟﺎ‪ Lc‬ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮ‪ L‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻌﻘﻮ{‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”ﻳَ ُﻤ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪:S‬‬
‫”‪ُ
ْ َ1‬ﻛﻨﺘُ ْﻢ ُﺷ َﻬ َﺪ َ ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﺣ َﻀ َﺮ ﻳَ ْﻌﻘ َ‬
‫ُﻮ‪ #‬ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ“)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(١٣٣ :‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”ﻣﺎ“ ”ﻗﺘﻞ“‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺎ ‪ُ 'ْ َ1‬ﻗﺘ َ‬
‫ِﻞ ﻧْ َﻘ َﻠ ْﺒﺘُ ْﻢ َﻋ َﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺮ ُﺳ ُﻞ ‪ََ1‬ﻓﺈِﻳْﻦ َﻣ َ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ِﻠ ِﻪ ﱡ‬ ‫” َ' َﻣﺎ ُﻣ َﺤ ﱠﻤ ٌﺪ  ﱠِﻻ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ٌ‬
‫ﻮ َﻗ ْﺪ َﺧ َﻠ ْﺖ ﻣ ْ‬
‫‪ْ َ1‬ﻋﻘَﺎﺑ ُ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻢ“ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(١٤٤ :‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
 ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﺗﺮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ >ﻳﺎ‪A L‬ﺧﺮ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪:c‬‬
‫ِﺖ َﻗ ْﺒ َﻞ َﻫ َﺬ َ' ُﻛ ُ‬
‫ﻨﺖ ﻧَ ْﺴﻴًﺎ‬ ‫” َﻓﺄَ َﺟﺎ َ َﻫﺎ ﻟْ َﻤ َﺨ ُ‬
‫ﺎ‪ِ s‬ﻟَﻰ ِﺟ ْﺬ ِ‘ ﻟﻨﱠ ْﺨ َﻠ ِﺔ َﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ ﻳَﺎﻟَْﻴﺘَﻨِﻲ ﻣ ﱡ‬
‫َﻣ ْﻨ ِﺴﻴָדﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.(٢٣ :‬‬
‫'!“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪:c‬‬ ‫ِﻚ ﻟْ ُﺨ ْﻠ َﺪ ‪ََ1‬ﻓﺈِﻳْ ْﻦ ﻣ ﱠ‬
‫ِﺖ َﻓ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟْ َﺨﺎﻟِ ُﺪ َ‬ ‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒﻠ َ‬
‫” َ' َﻣﺎ َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ﻟِﺒَ َﺸ ٍﺮ ﻣ ْ‬
‫‪.(٣٤‬‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪.(٨١ :c‬‬ ‫” َ'ﻟﱠﺬِ‪ a‬ﻳُﻤِﻴﺘُﻨِﻲ ﺛ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻢ ﻳُ ْﺤﻴ ِ‬

‫‪- ٥‬ﻟﺨﻠﻮ‪:G‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ "ﻗﺘﻞ" ‪" A‬ﻣﺎ‪ ،"L‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﻮ‪ A L‬ﻟﺒﻘﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﺮ‪ 8‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻄ َﻌﺎ َ
َ' َﻣﺎ َﻛﺎﻧُﻮ َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪.(٨ :c‬‬ ‫ﻮ! ﱠ‬‫” َ' َﻣﺎ َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﺟ َﺴ ًﺪ َﻻ ﻳَْﺄ ُﻛ ُﻠ َ‬

‫ﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ّ -٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮ‪ 8‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪.c‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪ 8‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪:‬‬
‫”‪َ 'َ ...‬ﻣﺎ َﻗﺘَُﻠﻮ ُ‪َ 'َ l‬ﻣﺎ َﺻ َﻠﺒُﻮ ُ‪) “... l‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(١٥٧ :c‬‬
‫ِﻦ َ‪ِ ْ1:‬ﺳﻪِ‪) “...‬ﺳﻮ
ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪.(٤١ :‬‬ ‫”‪ َ1'َ ...‬ﱠﻣﺎ ْﻵ َﺧ ُﺮ َﻓﻴُ ْﺼ َﻠ ُﺐ َﻓﺘَْﺄ ُﻛ ُﻞ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻄ ْﻴ ُﺮ ﻣ ْ‬
‫‪َ s‬ﻓ َﺴﺎ ً‪ !ْ َ1 G‬ﻳُ َﻘﺘﱠُﻠﻮ ‪'ْ َ1‬‬ ‫ﻮ! ﷲﱠَ َ' َ‪ُ :‬ﺳﻮﻟَ ُﻪ َ'ﻳَ ْﺴ َﻌ ْﻮ َ! ﻓِﻲ َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫”ِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ َﺟ َﺰ ُ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ﻳُ َﺤﺎ ِ‪:‬ﺑُ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ِﺧ َﻼ ٍ‪) “o‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪.(٣٣ :‬‬ ‫ِﻢ َ'‪ُ :ْ َ1‬ﺟ ُﻠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬
‫َﻄ َﻊ ‪َ1‬ﻳْﺪِﻳﻬ ْ‬
‫ﻳُ َﺼ ﱠﻠﺒُﻮ ‪ 'ْ َ1‬ﺗُﻘ ﱠ‬
‫ُﻢ َُﻷ َﺻ ﱢﻠﺒَﻨﱠ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺟ َﻤﻌ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ “)ﺳﻮ
ﻻﻋﺮ‪:+‬‬ ‫”ﻷ َﻗ ﱢﻄ َﻌ ﱠﻦ ‪َ1‬ﻳْ ِﺪﻳَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ'‪ُ :ْ َ1‬ﺟ َﻠ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ِﺧ َﻼ ٍ‪ o‬ﺛ ﱠ‬ ‫َُ‬
‫‪.(١٢٤‬‬
‫ِﻦ ِﺧ َﻼ ٍ‪َُ 'َ o‬ﻷ َﺻ ﱢﻠﺒَﻨﱠ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ُﺟ ُﺬ ِ‬
‫'‘ ﻟﻨﱠ ْﺨ ِﻞ“ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ﻸ َﻗ ﱢﻄ َﻌ ﱠﻦ ‪َ1‬ﻳْ ِﺪﻳَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ'‪ُ :ْ َ1‬ﺟ َﻠ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬
‫” َﻓ َُ‬

‫‪34‬‬
 ‫ﻃﻪ‪.(٧١ :‬‬
‫”ﻷ َﻗ ﱢﻄ َﻌ ﱠﻦ ‪َ1‬ﻳْ ِﺪﻳَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ'‪ُ :ْ َ1‬ﺟ َﻠ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ِﺧ َﻼ ٍ‪َُ 'َ o‬ﻷ َﺻ ﱢﻠﺒَﻨﱠ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺟ َﻤﻌِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪:c‬‬ ‫َُ‬
‫‪.(٤٩‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺿﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻓﺎ
ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻓﻌﺎ ٌ‪ Q‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ A /A .‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺄ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﺐ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ‪B‬ﻧﻪ ‪ A‬ﻟﻨﺎ` ﺷﺨﺼﺎً‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎً ﻟﻪ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﺎ‪ /A ،F‬ﻗﺒﺾ ﺣﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻮ‪ ،S‬ﻓﻌﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺗﻮﻓﻰ" ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ "ﻗﺒﺾ ﻟﺮ'‪ "m‬ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫"ﻗُﺘِﻞ" ‪" A‬ﻣﺎ‪ "L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻟﻌﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ .c‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺸﻮﻫﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺮ‪p‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪.c‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪ‪ ،S‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ُ S‬ﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻨﻮ‪ A S‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻪ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺎ‪ A S‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻟﻤﻮ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺘﻘﺎ‪ A Q‬ﻋﺒﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺒُﻌﺪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ >ﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﷲ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
 ‫ﻋﻮ‪ AG‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ
ﻟﻰ ﻷ‪s:‬‬

‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺿﺢ ‪ A‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ‪A ،‬ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻊ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‪ A :‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻮ‪B 8‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪...‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺿﺢ ﺟﺪً ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺳﻮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎ‪ .‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺪ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪:‬‬
‫َﺮ' َ' َﺟﺎﻋ ُ‬
‫ِﻞ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬‫ِﻦ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻚ َ' َ‪ِ :‬ﻓ ُﻌ َﻚ ِﻟَ ﱠﻲ َ' ُﻣ َﻄ ﱢﻬ ُﺮ َ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺎ ﷲﱠُ ﻳَﺎﻋ َ‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ِﻧﱢﻲ ُﻣﺘَ َﻮﻓﱢ َ‬ ‫”ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗ َ‬
‫َﺮ' ِﻟَﻰ ﻳَ ْﻮ ِ
ﻟْﻘِﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ِﻟَ ﱠﻲ َﻣ ْﺮ ِﺟ ُﻌ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻓﺄَ ْﺣ ُﻜ ُﻢ ﺑَْﻴﻨَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ﺗﱠﺒَ ُﻌ َ‬
‫ﻮ َﻓ ْﻮ َ( ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ُﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ‪ 3 A:‬ﻋﻤﺮ!‪.(٥٥ ،‬‬ ‫ﻓِﻴ َﻤﺎ ُﻛ ْﻨﺘُ ْﻢ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﺗَ ْﺨﺘَِﻠﻔ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬
‫َﺮ' ِﻟَﻰ ﻳَ ْﻮ ِ
ﻟْﻘِﻴَﺎ َﻣﺔِ" ﻣﺜﻴﺮ
ﻟﻼﻧﺘﺒﺎ‪.F‬‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ﺗﱠﺒَ ُﻌ َ‬
‫ﻮ َﻓ ْﻮ َ( ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ِﻞ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎ
" َ' َﺟﺎﻋ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﺎً ﺑﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮ ‪A‬ﻗﻮ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،ًB .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺆﻻ‪c‬؟ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻢ ﻟﺤﻮﻳﻮ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺻﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪،S‬‬
‫‪ SA‬ﻫﻢ ﻟﻨﺼﺎ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮ ﻵ؟‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ ‪A‬ﺗﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪A S‬ﺛﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻮ ﺟﺪً‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺪ‪ LA‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺷﻤﻠﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻷﺷﺨﺎ|‬
‫ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﻮﺻﻔﻮ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﺤﻮﻳﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮ ﻳﻤﻠﺆ‪ F‬ﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎ‪8‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺐ ﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ
ﻟﺠﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ ‪A‬ﺗﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫‪36‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎ
ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮ ﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎ‪ 8‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻚ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻜﻮ ‪A‬ﻳﺔ ﻗﻮ
ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎً ﻟﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ‪A‬ﻗﻮ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻨﺼﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺄ‪ /‬ﺣﺎ‪ ،Q‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ‪ L‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻫﺎ ﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻋﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺼﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻌﻘﻴﺪ
ﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻓﺔ )ﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻷ{‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﻦ ﻟﺮ‪ p‬ﻟﻘﺪ`( ﺑﺄ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺑﻦ ﷲ‪ً .‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻘﺒﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻲ ﻟﻴﻮ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ‪A‬ﺗﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺗﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻌﻘﻴﺪ
ﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣ ٌﺪ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪:‬‬ ‫ِﻦ ِﻟَ ٍﻪ  ﱠِﻻ ِﻟٌَﻪ َ' ِ‬ ‫ِ! ﷲﱠَ ﺛَﺎﻟ ُ‬
‫ِﺚ ﺛ ََﻼﺛَ ٍﺔ َ' َﻣﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ  ﱠ‬ ‫َﺪ َﻛﻔ َ‬
‫َﺮ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫”ﻟَﻘ ْ‬
‫‪. (٧٣‬‬
‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬
‫َﺮ' ِﻟَﻰ ﻳَ ْﻮ ِ
‬ ‫ﻮ َﻓ ْﻮ َ( ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ﺗﱠﺒَ ُﻌ َ‬
‫ِﻞ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ‪ S‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻋﺒﺎ
"ﺟﺎﻋ ُ‬
‫ﻟْﻘِﻴَﺎ َﻣﺔِ" ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ‪B‬ﺷﺎ
ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﺗﺪ‪B S‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺼﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﺑﺮﺟﻮﻋﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪A .‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮ ﻓﻮ‪ s‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪B‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺘﻴﻦ )‪ (١٥٨-١٥٦‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﺜﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ١٥٩‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﻮ
ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺎ‪  #‬ﱠِﻻ ﻟَﻴُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨَ ﱠﻦ ﺑِ ِﻪ َﻗ ْﺒ َﻞ َﻣ ْﻮﺗِ ِﻪ َ'ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ﻟْﻘِﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ﻳَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻮ! َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ َﺷﻬِﻴ ًﺪ“‬ ‫ِﻦ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻫ ِﻞ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ ِ‬
‫” َ' ِْ! ﻣ ْ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(١٥٩ :c‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎ
"ﻻ ﻟﻴﺆﻣﻨﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ" ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺮﺟﻌﻮ ﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ "ﺑﻪ" ﻫﻮ "ﻟﻬﺎ‪B "c‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻳُ ِ‬

‫‪37‬‬
 ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮ ‪ B‬ﻗﺴﻤﺎً ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ‪ A‬ﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ "ﻟﻬﺎ‪ "c‬ﺟﻊ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎ› ‪B‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎ‪:z‬‬
‫ِ!‬ ‫ﻮ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َ' َﻣﺎ َﻗﺘَُﻠﻮ ُ‪َ 'َ l‬ﻣﺎ َﺻ َﻠﺒُﻮ ُ‪'َ l‬ﻟَ ِﻜ ْﻦ ُﺷﺒﱢ َﻪ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ' ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ َﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ َ‬ ‫ِﻢ ِﻧﱠﺎ َﻗﺘَ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ﻟْ َﻤ ِﺴ َ‬
‫ﻴﺢ ﻋ َ‬ ‫” َ' َﻗ ْﻮﻟِﻬ ْ‬
‫ﺎ‘ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻈ ﱢﻦ َ' َﻣﺎ َﻗﺘَُﻠﻮ ُ‪ l‬ﻳَﻘِﻴﻨًﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪:c‬‬ ‫ﺧﺘََﻠﻔُﻮ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻟَﻔِﻲ َﺷ ﱟﻚ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ َﻣﺎ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑِ ِﻪ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ِﻋ ْﻠ ٍﻢ  ﱠِﻻ ﺗﱢﺒَ َ‬ ‫ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ْ‬
‫‪.(١٥٧‬‬

‫ﺎ! ﷲﱠُ َﻋﺰِﻳ ًﺰ َﺣ ِﻜﻴ ًﻤﺎ)ﺳﻮ

ﻟﻨﺴﺎ ‪.(١٥٨ :c‬‬
‫ﺑَ ْﻞ َ‪َ :‬ﻓ َﻌ ُﻪ ﷲﱠُ ِﻟَْﻴ ِﻪ َ' َﻛ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪  #‬ﱠِﻻ ﻟَﻴُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨَ ﱠﻦ ﺑِ ِﻪ َﻗ ْﺒ َﻞ َﻣ ْﻮﺗِ ِﻪ َ'ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ﻟْﻘِﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ﻳَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻮ! َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ َﺷﻬِﻴ ًﺪ“‬ ‫ِﻦ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻫ ِﻞ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ ِ‬
‫” َ' ِْ! ﻣ ْ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(١٥٩ :c‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ >ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻋﺒﺎ
" َ'ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ﻟْﻘِﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ﻳَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻮ! َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ َﺷﻬِﻴ ًﺪ " ﺗﺴﺘﺮﻋﻲ ﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎ‪F‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄ ﻟﺴﺎ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻮ‪S‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﻮ‪ ٢٤ :‬ﺳﻮ
ﻳﺲ‪A ،( ٦٥ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ‪ ٢٣-٢٠‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
‬
‫ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﺳﻤﻊ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﺑﺼﺮ‪ F‬ﺟﻠﺪ‪ F‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻳﺨﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻳﺔ >ﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ )‪ /A‬ﻟﻘﺮ>( ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮ^ ‪ A‬ﺿﻤﻴﺮ "ﻟﻬﺎ‪ "c‬ﺟﻊ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻷﻟﻰ )ﻟﻮ ‪ A‬ﻟﻚ ٍ‬
‫ﺧﺎ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪8 /A‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺤﻮ‪ A /‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ( ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻟﻘﺒﻮ‪ Q‬ﺣﻴﻨﺬ‪" A k‬ﻟﻬﺎ‪ "c‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﻌﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﺗﺪ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺤﺼﻨﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺳﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ‪ A‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻹﺷﺎ
‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ‪ A‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻟﻪ )‪/A‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺮ>(‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪) :‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻄﺎ‪ ١٣ :s‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ ٧٧ :‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ .(١٩٦-١٩٢ :c‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻻ ﻳﺪ‪ u‬ﻣﺠﺎﻻً‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎ‪ z‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺨﻄﺈ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ ﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪ B‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻹﺷﺎ
‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﺻﺮﺣﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮ‪ A
8‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻻ‬

‫‪38‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ‪A ًB‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪.S‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ u‬ﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻧﺘﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺒﺎ
" َﻗ ْﺒ َﻞ‬
‫َﻣ ْﻮﺗِﻪِ" ﻟﻮ‪
8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮ ﺑﺄ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻌﺒﺎ
ﻫﻮ ‪1 "A‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪#‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ o‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ! ﺑﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ"‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ‪ A‬ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪ -8‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪A‬ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{‪ -‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺻﺮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻮ ﺑﺈﻧﻜﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺳﻌﻮ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﻘﺘﻠﻪ ﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻨﺼﺎ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺷﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻪ –ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪8 -‬ﻋﺎ‪ c‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺨﻠﺺ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮً ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎً‪A ّ A" :‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ“‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺎ‪ Q‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻓﺴﻮ‪ +‬ﻧﻜﻮ ‪ cdB‬ﻋﺪ
ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻮ‪.p‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻻً‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺿﺢ ‪ A‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮ‪ L‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻫﺬ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻓﻌﻪ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻮ‪B 8‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^‬
‫ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻳﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻣﻊ ‪B /A‬ﻧﺴﺎ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﺳﻮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ "ﻟﻬﺎ‪ "c‬ﻓﻲ ”ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ“ ‪B‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ .‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺮ‪A F‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻄﻴﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﺷﺎﻫﺪً ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪) .‬ﷲ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪> k‬ﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﺟﻮ‪ u‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪B S‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺪ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٥٧‬ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺪ
ﻟﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺰﺧﺮ‪> .+‬ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺴﻮ
ً‬
‫ﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫'! َ' َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ ‪3َ1‬ﻟِ َﻬﺘُﻨَﺎ َﺧ ْﻴ ٌﺮ ‪ُ
ْ َ1‬ﻫ َﻮ َﻣﺎ‬ ‫” َ'ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ ُﺿﺮ َ‬
‫ِ‪ #‬ﺑْ ُﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ َﻣﺜَ ًﻼ ِ‪َ َn‬ﻗ ْﻮ ُﻣ َﻚ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ ﻳَ ِﺼ ﱡﺪ َ‬
‫ﻮ!  ِْ! ُﻫ َﻮ  ﱠِﻻ َﻋ ْﺒ ٌﺪ ‪َ1‬ﻧْ َﻌ ْﻤﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ َ' َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ُ‪l‬‬
‫َﺿ َﺮﺑُﻮ ُ‪ l‬ﻟَ َﻚ  ﱠِﻻ َﺟ َﺪ ًﻻ ﺑَ ْﻞ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻗ ْﻮ ٌ
َﺧ ِﺼ ُﻤ َ‬
‫‪ s‬ﻳَ ْﺨ ُﻠﻔ َ‬
‫ُﻮ!( )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ِﻴﻞ َ'ﻟَ ْﻮ ﻧَ َﺸﺎ ُ ﻟَ َﺠ َﻌ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻣ َﻼﺋ َ‬
‫ِﻜ ًﺔ ﻓِﻲ َْ‬ ‫َﻣﺜَ ًﻼ ﻟِﺒَﻨِﻲ  ْ‬
‫ِﺳ َﺮﺋ َ‬

‫‪39‬‬
 ‫ﻟﺰﺧﺮ‪.(٦٠-٥٧ :+‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ٦١‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﻮ
ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ‪ ّ B‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺳﻴﻜﻮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺮ{ ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ِﻴﻢ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺰﺧﺮ‪:+‬‬ ‫ِﻠﺴﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ َﻓ َﻼ ﺗَ ْﻤﺘَ ُﺮ ﱠ! ﺑِ َﻬﺎ َ'ﺗﱠﺒِ ُﻌﻮﻧِﻲ َﻫ َﺬ ِﺻ َﺮ ٌ‬
‫? ُﻣ ْﺴﺘَﻘ ٌ‬ ‫” َ'ِﻧﱠ ُﻪ ﻟَ ِﻌ ْﻠ ٌﻢ ﻟ ﱠ‬
‫‪.(٦١‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺿﺢ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻓﻲ >ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺎ‪ z‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻷﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮ{ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺳﻴﻨﺰ‪B Q‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻓﻲ >ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺬ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮ{ ﺣﺪﺛﻬﺎ‪) .‬ﷲ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ "ﻟﻬﺎ" ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ" َِﻧﱠ ُﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺟﻊ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ>‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺴﻨﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﺳﻴﺎ‪ s‬ﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮ‪ A Q‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ "ﻫﺎ‪B "c‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻓﺠﺄ
ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ u‬ﻳﺪ ﺣﻮ‪A Q‬ﻣﺮ >ﺧﺮ‪B .‬ﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺈ ّ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ "ﻫﺎ‪ "c‬ﻓﻲ " َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ َ' َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ُ‪ "l‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ " ِْ! ُﻫ َﻮ  ﱠِﻻ َﻋ ْﺒ ٌﺪ‬
‫ِﻴﻞ" ﻳﻌﻮ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ>‪.‬‬ ‫‪َ1‬ﻧْ َﻌ ْﻤﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ َ' َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ُ‪َ l‬ﻣﺜَ ًﻼ ﻟِﺒَﻨِﻲ  ْ‬
‫ِﺳ َﺮﺋ َ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮ ﺿﻤﻴﺮ "ﻟﻬﺎ‪B "c‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻨﺎ‪B 8‬ﻟﻰ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻴﺔ ﻷﺧﺮ  ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷﺣﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺚ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ‪ /‬ﻳﺎ‪ d‬ﻷﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪:F‬‬
‫ِﻠﺴﺎ َﻋﺔِ“ ‪8‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ A‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺪ >ﺗﻴﺔ‪ A ،‬ﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ‬ ‫”‪ِB‬ﻧﱠ ُﻪ ﻟَ ِﻌﻠ ٌْﻢ ﻟ ﱠ‬
‫"ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪> A‬ﻳﺔ َ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻮ‪
8‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺗﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﺣﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺷﺮ( ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺣﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺚ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪> k‬ﻳﺎ‪A L‬ﺧﺮ ﺗﺪ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮ
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ ُﻦ‬
‫ﻴﺢ ﻋ َ‬ ‫ﺳ ُﻤ ُﻪ ﻟْ َﻤ ِﺴ ُ‬ ‫ِ! ﷲﱠَ ﻳُﺒَ ﱢﺸ ُﺮ ِ ﺑ َ‬
‫ِﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ٍﺔ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ ْ‬ ‫”ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ ﻟْ َﻤ َﻼﺋ َ‬
‫ِﻜ ُﺔ ﻳَﺎ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ ُﻢ  ﱠ‬

‫‪40‬‬
 ‫ِﻴﻦ)‪'َ (٤٥‬ﻳُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻢ ﻟﻨﱠ َ‬
‫ﺎ† ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻬ ِﺪ َ' َﻛ ْﻬ ًﻼ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ َ' ِﺟﻴ ًﻬﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َ' ْﻵ ِﺧ َﺮ ِ‪'َ A‬ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟْ ُﻤﻘ ﱠ‬
‫َﺮﺑ َ‬
‫ِﻚ‬‫ﺎ َﻛ َﺬﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻮ! ﻟِﻲ َ'ﻟَ ٌﺪ َ'ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﻤ َﺴ ْﺴﻨِﻲ ﺑَ َﺸ ٌﺮ َﻗ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ)‪َ (٤٦‬ﻗﺎﻟَ ْﺖ َ‪ :‬ﱢ‪َ1 #‬ﻧﱠﻰ ﻳَ ُﻜ ُ‬ ‫ِﺤ َ‬‫ﻟﺼﺎﻟ ِ‬‫ِﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫َ'ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺎ‪#‬‬‫ﻮ!)‪'َ (٤٧‬ﻳُ َﻌ ﱢﻠ ُﻤ ُﻪ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬ ‫ُﻮ ﻟَ ُﻪ ُﻛ ْﻦ َﻓﻴَ ُﻜ ُ‬‫ﷲﱠُ ﻳَ ْﺨ ُﻠ ُﻖ َﻣﺎ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ ِ‪َ َn‬ﻗ َﻀﻰ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻣ ًﺮ َﻓﺈِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ ﻳَﻘ ُ‬
‫ﻴﻞ)‪) (٤٨‬ﺳﻮ‪ 3 A:‬ﻋﻤﺮ!‪.(٤٨-٤٥ :‬‬ ‫َ'ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ َﺔ َ'ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ‪'َ Aَ :‬ﻹ ِ‬
‫ِْﻧﺠ َ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ ،L‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎً ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻮ
‬
‫ﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪ A‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ١١٠‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪:‬‬
‫'‪m‬‬‫ِﻚ ِ ْ‪َ1 n‬ﻳﱠﺪﺗﱡ َﻚ ﺑ ُِﺮ ِ‬ ‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ َﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ ‪ُ n‬‬
‫ْﻛ ْﺮ ﻧِ ْﻌ َﻤﺘِﻲ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻚ َ' َﻋﻠﻰ َ'ﻟِ َﺪﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺎ ﷲﱠُ ﻳَﺎﻋ َ‬ ‫”‪َ nْ ِB‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ِْﻧﺠ َ‬
‫ﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺎ‪'َ #‬ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ َﺔ َ'ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ‪'َ Aَ :‬ﻹ ِ‬ ‫ﺎ† ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻬ ِﺪ َ' َﻛ ْﻬ ًﻼ َ'ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻋ ﱠﻠ ْﻤﺘُ َﻚ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﻟْ ُﻘ ُﺪ ِ† ﺗُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻢ ﻟﻨﱠ َ‬
‫ِ” َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْﻛ َﻤ َﻪ‬ ‫ﻮ! َﻃ ْﻴ ًﺮ ﺑِﺈِ ْ‪n‬ﻧِﻲ َ'ﺗُْﺒﺮ ُ‬ ‫ُﺦ ﻓِﻴ َﻬﺎ َﻓﺘَ ُﻜ ُ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ َﻛ َﻬ ْﻴﺌَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ﻟﻄ ْﻴ ِﺮ ﺑِﺈِ ْ‪n‬ﻧِﻲ َﻓﺘَﻨﻔ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻄ ِ‬‫ِﻦ ﱢ‬ ‫َ'ِ ْ‪ n‬ﺗَ ْﺨ ُﻠ ُﻖ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺎ‬‫ِﻴﻞ َﻋ ْﻨ َﻚ ِ ْ‪ِ n‬ﺟ ْﺌﺘَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒَﻴﱢﻨَ ِ‬
‫ِﺳ َﺮﺋ َ‬
‫ْﺖ ﺑَﻨِﻲ  ْ‬ ‫ِ˜ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻮﺗَﻰ ﺑِﺈِ ْ‪n‬ﻧِﻲ َ'ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻛ َﻔﻔ ُ‬
‫“ ﺑِﺈِ ْ‪n‬ﻧِﻲ َ'ِ ْ‪ n‬ﺗُ ْﺨﺮ ُ‬ ‫َ' َْ‬
‫ﻷﺑْ َﺮ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪.(١١٠ :‬‬ ‫َﺮ' ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ  ِْ! َﻫ َﺬ  ﱠِﻻ ِﺳ ْﺤ ٌﺮ ُﻣﺒ ٌ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬ ‫َﻓﻘ َ‬
‫َﺎ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮ ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮ‪" 8‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪ "#‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ ،c‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ /A‬ﻛﺘﺎ{ ﺳﻤﺎ‪ /‬ﻣﻌﺮ‪B +‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﺘﻮ
ﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ ﺳﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ )ﻟﺰﺑﻮ ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 88‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ(‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{“ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ‪
d‬ﻣﻊ ﻟﺘﻮ
ﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫”ﷲﱠُ َﻻ ِﻟَ َﻪ  ﱠِﻻ ُﻫ َﻮ ﻟْ َﺤ ﱡﻲ ﻟْﻘَﻴﱡﻮ ُ
ﻧَ ﱠﺰ َ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻚ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪ #‬ﺑِﺎﻟْ َﺤ ﱢﻖ ُﻣ َﺼ ﱢﺪ ًﻗﺎ ﻟِ َﻤﺎ ﺑَْﻴ َﻦ ﻳَ َﺪﻳْ ِﻪ‬
‫ﻴﻞ“ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٣-٢ :‬‬ ‫َ'‪َ1‬ﻧْ َﺰ َ ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ‪ِ ْ 'َ Aَ :‬‬
‫ﻹﻧْ ِﺠ َ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪> k‬ﻳﺎ‪A L‬ﺧﺮ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻹﺷﺎ
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{‪:‬‬
‫ﻮ!‬
‫ِﺤ َ‬ ‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ُﻞ ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَ ْﻔﺘ ُ‬ ‫ِﻦ ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ ُﻣ َﺼ ﱢﺪ ٌ( ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َﻣ َﻌ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ' َﻛﺎﻧُﻮ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺎ‪ #‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫” َ'ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ َﺟﺎ َ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻛﺘَ ٌ‬
‫ﷲِ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﻟْ َﻜﺎ ِﻓﺮ َ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔَﺮ' َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ َﺟﺎ َ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻣﺎ َﻋﺮ ُﻓﻮ َﻛﻔَﺮ' ﺑِ ِﻪ َﻓ َﻠ ْﻌﻨَ ُﺔ ﱠ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﻟﱠﺬ َ ُ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(٨٩ :‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻜ ْﻢ َ'ﻳُ َﻌ ﱢﻠ ُﻤ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪#‬‬ ‫ﻮﻻ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻳَْﺘ ُﻠﻮ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪3‬ﻳَﺎﺗِﻨَﺎ َ'ﻳُ َﺰ ﱢﻛ ُ‬ ‫”ﻛ َﻤﺎ ‪َ :ْ َ1‬ﺳ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ﻓ ُ‬
‫ِﻴﻜ ْﻢ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ً‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(١٥١ :‬‬ ‫َ'ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ َﺔ َ'ﻳُ َﻌ ﱢﻠ ُﻤ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻣﺎ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗَ ُﻜﻮﻧُﻮ ﺗَ ْﻌ َﻠ ُﻤ َ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ "ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{" ﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ A ،‬ﻫﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ‪ B‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻛﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎ‪ z‬ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ ٦٠٠‬ﻋﺎ‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ‪ A‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺰ‪ Q‬ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،B .‬ﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮ‪ F‬ﻣﺠﺪ‪ .ً8‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺣﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺚ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﻧﺮ ﺑﺄ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ‪) .‬ﷲ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫ِﻦ ﺗُ َﺮ ٍ‬
‫‪#‬‬ ‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َﻛ َﻤﺜَ ِﻞ ‪َ
َ Gَ 3‬ﺧ َﻠ َﻘ ُﻪ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِ! َﻣﺜَ َﻞ ﻋ َ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ‪ A‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻵﻳﺔ‪  ":‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻮ!" )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪ (٥٩ :‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﻮ‪
8‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻛﺎ‬ ‫ﺎ ﻟَ ُﻪ ُﻛ ْﻦ َﻓﻴَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫ﺛ ﱠُﻢ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮ ﻋﺎ‪ B
8‬ﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ >‪ S8‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ A‬ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺪ ﺑﻼ ‪ A ،{A‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ >‪ S8‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺮ{ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ "ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮ!" ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺪ ‪A {A 8‬ﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺄﻣﺮ "ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮ!"‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮ ﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ >ﺧﺮ‪) ،‬ﷲ‬
‫‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ(‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﻮ‪
8‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺣﻮ‪ /A Q‬ﻧﺒﻲ >ﺧﺮ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺻﻒ ‪ /A‬ﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳُﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ‪ A‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻧﺒﻴﺎ >ﺧﺮ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮ{ ﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺣﺘﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪B ،‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٦‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪> k‬ﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻮ َ'ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
‪ُ1‬ﺑْ َﻌ ُﺚ َﺣﻴָדﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪.(٣٣ :‬‬
‫ﻟﺴ َﻼ ُ
َﻋ َﻠ ﱠﻲ ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
ُ'ﻟ ِْﺪ ُ َ'ﻳَ ْﻮ َ
‪ُ َ1‬ﻣ ُ‬
‫” َ' ﱠ‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮ‪ /d‬ﻣﻊ ﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ٥٥‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪8‬ﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ
ﻣﻦ ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻠﺐ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻌﻪ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ٣٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪ x‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻳﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻮ‪ S‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻮ ﺑﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪ
ﻣﻦ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪) .‬ﷲ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٧‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻮ‪
8‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻛﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻛﻬﻞ" ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ١١٠‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪ ،‬ﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ٤٦‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٤٦ :‬‬ ‫ِﺤ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺎﻟ ِ‬
‫ِﻦ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎ† ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻬ ِﺪ َ' َﻛ ْﻬ ًﻼ َ'ﻣ ْ‬‫” َ'ﻳُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻢ ﻟﻨﱠ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ِ ْ‪َ1 n‬ﻳﱠﺪﺗﱡ َﻚ ﺑ ُِﺮ ِ‬
‫'‪m‬‬ ‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ َﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ ‪ُ n‬‬
‫ْﻛ ْﺮ ﻧِ ْﻌ َﻤﺘِﻲ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻚ َ' َﻋﻠﻰ َ'ﻟِ َﺪﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺎ ﷲﱠُ ﻳَﺎﻋ َ‬ ‫”ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ† ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻬ ِﺪ َ' َﻛ ْﻬ ًﻼ‪) “...‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪.(١١٠ :‬‬ ‫ﻟْ ُﻘ ُﺪ ِ† ﺗُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻢ ﻟﻨﱠ َ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻒ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻛﻬﻞ" ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ‪ /A ،‬ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﻧﻬﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﺎ{ ‪8‬ﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ c‬ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪” A‬ﻟﻜﻬﻮﻟﺔ“ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﻲ ﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ‪ F‬ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎ` ﻋﻦ ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻓﻊ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﻤﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ‪ F‬ﺛﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎً ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ‪A‬ﺑﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﻮﻋﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^‪ A ،‬ﻛﻬﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺳﺘﻜﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﻮﻋﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ A c‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ‪8‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﻮ‪ F‬ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮ|‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﻟﻤﻘﺎ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﻊ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺣﻴﺎً ﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻟﺪﺟﺎ‪ ،Q‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ
‪.(٢٠ .| ،١٩٩٠ ،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﺤﺺ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ ،L‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮ‪8‬ﻫﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ >ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ‪ A‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﺒﺎ
ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ‬
‫>ﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪8‬ﻋﻮ ﻟﻨﺎ` ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻣﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻋﻮ
ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺻﻒ ‪ /A‬ﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻮ‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﺒﺎ‪ L‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺿﻌﻪ ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ‪ .‬ﻟﻚ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎ‪ " L‬ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻬﺪِ" َ َ‬
‫"ﻛ ْﻬ ًﻼ " ‪ L8‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎ‪B F‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪B‬ﻋﺠﺎ‪.d‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ
‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻬﻮ‪ ،8‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ‪ A‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ َ‬
‫"ﻛ ْﻬ ًﻼ"‪ -‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻘﺒﻬﺎ‪-‬‬
‫ﻛﺮ‪ L‬ﺑﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﻫﺎ ‪8‬ﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ
‪ .‬ﻓﺈ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺎ` ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺮﻓﻌﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ ﻓﻬﻮ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻛﺮ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻛﻬ ً‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻟﺘﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ ‪A‬ﻣﺮً ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎً‪ .‬ﻟﻜﺎ ﷲ ﻛﺮ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ "'ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ ﻟﻰ ‪ !1‬ﻛﺒﺮ"‪) ،‬ﷲ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ(‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ‪d‬ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻷ‪ Q‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻗﺖ ﻛﻬﻮﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻬﻮﻟﺘﻪ )ﷲ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻤﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”ﻛﻬﻞ“ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻟﻌﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻠﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ B c‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪A c‬ﺷﺨﺎ|‬
‫ﻧﺎﺿﺠﻮ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺣﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ A ،‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﺒﺎ
ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪A c‬ﺷﺨﺎ| ﻧﺎﺿﺠﻮ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺣﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
ﻷﺣﻘﺎ‪ A +‬ﺳﻦ ﻟﻨﻀﻮ› ﻫﻮ ﻷﺑﻌﻴﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ِﺣ َﺴﺎﻧًﺎ َﺣ َﻤ َﻠ ْﺘ ُﻪ ‪ ُ1‬ﱡﻣ ُﻪ ُﻛ ْﺮ ًﻫﺎ َ' َ' َﺿ َﻌ ْﺘ ُﻪ ُﻛ ْﺮ ًﻫﺎ َ' َﺣ ْﻤ ُﻠ ُﻪ َ'ﻓ َ‬
‫ِﺼﺎﻟُ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﺎ! ﺑِ َﻮﻟِ َﺪﻳْ ِﻪ  ْ‬
‫ِْﻧﺴ َ‬
‫” َ' َ' ﱠﺻ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ﻹ َ‬
‫ﺎ َ‪ :‬ﱢ‪ْ ِ 'ْ َ1 #‬ﻋﻨِﻲ ‪ْ َ1 !ْ َ1‬ﺷ ُﻜ َﺮ‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ َﺳﻨَ ًﺔ َﻗ َ‬ ‫ُﻮ! َﺷ ْﻬ ًﺮ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ِ‪ َn‬ﺑََﻠ َﻎ ‪ُ َ1‬ﺷ ﱠﺪ ُ‪'َ l‬ﺑََﻠ َﻎ ‪:ْ َ1‬ﺑَﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺛ ََﻼﺛ َ‬
‫ِﺤﺎ ﺗَ ْﺮ َﺿﺎ ُ‪ْ َ1'َ l‬ﺻﻠ ْ‬
‫ِﺢ ﻟِﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻧِ ْﻌ َﻤﺘَ َﻚ ﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ‪َ1‬ﻧْ َﻌ ْﻤ َﺖ َﻋ َﻠ ﱠﻲ َ' َﻋ َﻠﻰ َ'ﻟِ َﺪ ﱠ‪ْ َ1 !ْ َ1'َ a‬ﻋ َﻤ َﻞ َﺻﺎﻟ ً‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳـﻮ
ﻷﺣﻘﺎ‪.(١٥ :+‬‬‫ِﻦ ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤ َ‬
‫ُ‪ n‬ﱢ‪:‬ﻳﱠﺘِﻲ ِﻧﱢﻲ ﺗُْﺒ ُﺖ ِﻟَْﻴ َﻚ َ'ِﻧﱢﻲ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻛﻬﻞ" ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻗﺪ‪ S‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^‪) ،‬ﷲ ‪A‬ﻋﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪A‬ﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﺷﺨﺎ| ﻳﺘﻮﻓﻮ ﻣﺌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﺬ‪ a‬ﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎ
‬
‫ﺎ ‪َ1‬ﻧﱠﻰ ﻳُ ْﺤﻴِﻲ َﻫ ِﺬ ِ‪ l‬ﷲﱠُ ﺑَ ْﻌ َﺪ‬ ‫'ﺷ َﻬﺎ َﻗ َ‬‫ِﻲ َﺧﺎ ِ'ﻳٌَﺔ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﻋ ُﺮ ِ‬ ‫”‪َ 'ْ َ1‬ﻛﺎﻟﱠﺬِ‪َ a‬ﻣ ﱠﺮ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﻗ ْﺮﻳَ ٍﺔ َ'ﻫ َ‬
‫ﺎ ﺑَ ْﻞ‬‫ﺾ ﻳَ ْﻮ ٍ
َﻗ َ‬‫ﺎ ﻟَﺒِْﺜ ُﺖ ﻳَ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ ‪ 'ْ َ1‬ﺑَ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻮﺗِ َﻬﺎ َﻓﺄَ َﻣﺎﺗَ ُﻪ ﷲﱠُ ﻣِﺎﺋَ َﺔ َﻋﺎ ٍ
ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ﺑَ َﻌﺜَ ُﻪ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ َﻛ ْﻢ ﻟَﺒِْﺜ َﺖ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﻧﻈ ْﺮ ِﻟَﻰ ِﺣ َﻤﺎ‪َ :‬‬
‫ِ َ'ﻟِﻨَ ْﺠ َﻌ َﻠ َﻚ‬ ‫ِﻚ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳَﺘَ َﺴﻨﱠ ْﻪ َ' ُ‬ ‫ﺎﻧﻈ ْﺮ ِﻟَﻰ َﻃ َﻌﺎﻣ َ‬
‫ِﻚ َ' َﺷ َﺮﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻟَﺒِْﺜ َﺖ ﻣِﺎﺋَ َﺔ َﻋﺎ ٍ
َﻓ ُ‬
‫ُﻢ ﻧَ ْﻜ ُﺴﻮ َﻫﺎ ﻟَ ْﺤ ًﻤﺎ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺗَﺒَﻴﱠ َﻦ ﻟَ ُﻪ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻋ َﻠ ُﻢ‬ ‫ِﻈﺎ ِ
َﻛ ْﻴ َﻒ ﻧُ ِ‬
‫ﻨﺸ ُﺰ َﻫﺎ ﺛ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻧﻈ ْﺮ ِﻟَﻰ ﻟْﻌ َ‬
‫ﺎ† َ' ُ‬
‫‪3‬ﻳَ ًﺔ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠ ِ‬
‫ِﻳﺮ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(٢٥٩ :‬‬ ‫‪ َ1‬ﱠ! ﷲﱠَ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﻛ ﱢﻞ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍ َﻗﺪ ٌ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﻗﺒﺾ ‪ p‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﻋﻼ‪ F‬ﻓﺈ ﷲ‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻮﺗﺎً ﻛﺎﻣﻼً‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﻳﺤﻴﻲ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﺑﻤﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪B .‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻳﺤﺘﻮ‪ /‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ u‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪B‬ﻳﻘﺎš ‪1‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻣﻬﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ ،u‬ﻗﺼﺔ ‪A‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
‬
‫ﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺮ‪ 8‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺴﻮ
ﻗﺼﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ > ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﻫﺮﺑﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻧُ ﱢﻮﻣﻮ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺛﻢ ‪A‬ﺣﻴﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻦ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻣ ِﺮﻧَﺎ‬ ‫”ِ ْ‪ 'َ َ1 n‬ﻟْ ِﻔ ْﺘﻴَ ُﺔ ِﻟَﻰ ﻟْ َﻜ ْﻬ ِﻒ َﻓﻘَﺎﻟُﻮ َ‪:‬ﺑﱠﻨَﺎ ‪3‬ﺗِﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟَ ُﺪﻧْ َﻚ َ‪ْ :‬ﺣ َﻤ ًﺔ َ' َﻫﻴﱢ ْﺊ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ َﻋ َﺪ ً‪) “G‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪.(١١ :‬‬ ‫ِﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻜ ْﻬ ِﻒ ِﺳﻨ َ‬ ‫َ‪َ :‬ﺷ ًﺪ َﻓ َﻀ َﺮﺑْﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ‪َn3‬ﻧِﻬ ْ‬
‫ﺎﺳ ٌﻂ‬
‫ﺎ َ' َﻛ ْﻠﺒُ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑَ ِ‬
‫ﻟﺸ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫َ ﱢ‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ َ'‪َ n‬‬ ‫َ ﻟْﻴَﻤ ِ‬ ‫” َ'ﺗَ ْﺤ َﺴﺒُ ُﻬ ْﻢ ‪َ1‬ﻳْﻘَﺎ ًﻇﺎ َ' ُﻫ ْﻢ ُ‪ُ :‬ﻗﻮ ٌ‪'َ G‬ﻧُ َﻘ ﱢﻠﺒُ ُﻬ ْﻢ ‪َ n‬‬
‫ِﻢ ﻟَ َﻮﻟﱠْﻴ َﺖ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻓ َِﺮ ً‪'َ :‬ﻟَ ُﻤ ِﻠ ْﺌ َﺖ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُ‪ْ :‬ﻋﺒًﺎ َ' َﻛ َﺬﻟ َ‬
‫ِﻚ‬ ‫ِ‪َ :َ n‬ﻋ ْﻴ ِﻪ ﺑِﺎﻟْ َﻮ ِﺻﻴ ِﺪ ﻟَ ْﻮ  ﱠﻃ َﻠ ْﻌ َﺖ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬
‫ﺾ ﻳَ ْﻮ ٍ
‬ ‫ِﻞ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻛ ْﻢ ﻟَﺒِْﺜﺘُ ْﻢ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ ﻟَﺒِْﺜﻨَﺎ ﻳَ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ ‪ 'ْ َ1‬ﺑَ ْﻌ َ‬
‫ﺎ َﻗﺎﺋ ٌ‬ ‫ﺑَ َﻌ ْﺜﻨَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻟِﻴَﺘَ َﺴﺎ َﻟُﻮ ﺑَْﻴﻨَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﻨﻈ ْﺮ ‪َ1‬ﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ‬ ‫َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ َ‪:‬ﺑﱡ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻋ َﻠ ُﻢ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ ﻟَﺒِْﺜﺘُ ْﻢ َﻓﺎﺑْ َﻌﺜُﻮ ‪َ َ1‬ﺣ َﺪ ُﻛ ْﻢ ﺑِ َﻮ ِ‪:‬ﻗ ُ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻢ َﻫ ِﺬ ِ‪ِ l‬ﻟَﻰ ﻟْ َﻤﺪِﻳﻨَ ِﺔ َﻓ ْﻠﻴَ ُ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻢ ‪َ َ1‬ﺣ ًﺪ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪:‬‬ ‫ِﺮ ﱠ! ﺑ ُ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻢ ﺑِ ِﺮ ْ ٍ( ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻪ َ'ﻟْﻴَﺘََﻠ ﱠﻄ ْﻒ َ' َﻻ ﻳُ ْﺸﻌ َ‬ ‫‪َ ْ َ1‬ﻛﻰ َﻃ َﻌﺎ ًﻣﺎ َﻓ ْﻠﻴَْﺄﺗ ُ‬
‫‪.(١٩-١٨‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻮ
ﻻ ﺗﻔﺼﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻤ ّﺪ
ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﺪ‪8 8‬ﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺪ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﻔﺘﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﻣﻮ ‪A ٣٠٩‬ﻋﻮ‪:S‬‬
‫ِﺴ ًﻌﺎ ُﻗ ْﻞ ﷲﱠُ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻋ َﻠ ُﻢ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ ﻟَﺒِﺜُﻮ ﻟَ ُﻪ ﻏ َْﻴ ُﺐ‬ ‫ِﻢ ﺛ ََﻼ َ› ﻣِﺎﺋَ ٍﺔ ِﺳﻨ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ َ' ْ َ‪ 'Gُ G‬ﺗ ْ‬ ‫” َ'ﻟَﺒِﺜُﻮ ﻓِﻲ َﻛ ْﻬ ِﻔﻬ ْ‬
‫ِ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ِﻲ َ' َﻻ ﻳُ ْﺸﺮ ُ‬ ‫ِﻦ َ'ﻟ ﱟ‬ ‫ِﻦ ُ‪'G‬ﻧِ ِﻪ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻊ َﻣﺎ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫‪َ1 s‬ﺑْ ِﺼ ْﺮ ﺑِ ِﻪ َ'‪ْ َ1‬ﺳﻤ ْ‬ ‫ َ' َْ‬
‫ﻷ ْ‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴ َﻤﺎ َ' ِ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ُﺣ ْﻜ ِﻤ ِﻪ ‪َ َ1‬ﺣ ًﺪ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻜـﻬﻒ‪.(١٩-١٨ :‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺪ ﻟﻤﺪ
ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﻗﺎﻣﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻋﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻗﺒﺾ ‪A‬ﺣﻬﻢ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﺮ‪ p‬ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ` ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻣﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻷﺷﺨﺎ|‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺮﺟﻊ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﺆ‪ /8‬ﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪8A‬ﺋﻪ ﻟﻮﺟﺒﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻮ‪ L‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻮ!" )ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻋﺮ‪.(٢٥ :+‬‬ ‫ﻮ! َ' ِﻣ ْﻨ َﻬﺎ ﺗُ ْﺨ َﺮ ُﺟ َ‬ ‫ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪َ " :‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ ﻓِﻴ َﻬﺎ ﺗَ ْﺤﻴَ ْﻮ َ! َ'ﻓِﻴ َﻬﺎ ﺗَ ُﻤﻮﺗُ َ‬

‫‪46‬‬
 ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ
ﻓﻲ ‪:‬ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻨﻮ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﻮﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻛﺒﺮ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺮ‪،S‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺧﺼﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻟﻠﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﻤﻰ ﺑـ”ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻨﻮ“ ﺣﻴﺰ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪u‬‬
‫>ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﺟﻮ‪ u‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪B S‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺮ
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻌﺮ‪ A +‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎ‪ L‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ A‬ﻗﺴﻤﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ L‬ﻳﺘﻔﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ A‬ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﻮﺳﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺑﺮ‪ d‬ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﻬﺠﺮ‪./‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻟﻮ ‪A‬ﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻵﺋﻪ ﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ‪ A‬ﺗﻴﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻔﺴﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻷ^ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺒﺬﻻ ‪A‬ﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺠﻬﻮ‪ 8‬ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺟﻞ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻷ^‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻷ‪ Q‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﻴﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ‪A‬ﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﺧﻞ‪A .‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ /8‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪B c‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ( ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﷲ ﺻﺮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ ﻟﻤﺎ‪dA
8‬ﻟﻴﺔ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷﺑﺪ‪ A ،‬ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻤﺎ‪ L8‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ A /8‬ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﻰ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻌﺮ‪+‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻜﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻷﺳﺎ` ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ
ﻟﻮﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﻟﻌﺼﻮ ﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ‪8‬ﻳﻮ ﻳﺸﻨﻮ ﺣﺮﺑﺎً ﺷﻌﻮ‪ c‬ﺿﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻷ‪8‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺒﺒﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻇﻠﻢ ﻟﺸﻌﻮ{ ﻓﻲ ‪B‬ﺿﺮ‪ S‬ﻟﺤﺮ{‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﻠﻬﺪ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻮ‪ u‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪B S‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺢ ﺿﺪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺘﻴﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺈ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻨﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﻔﺖ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﻷﻧﻈﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻼً‪:‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﻘﻤﻌﻲ ﻟﻈﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ‪8‬ﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪47‬‬
 ‫>ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﻟﺪﺟﺔ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﷲ ﻓﻲ >ﺧﺮ ﻷﻣﺮ‪) .‬ﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺎ‪.(٥٣ .| ،L‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺸﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﺑﺄ ﺟﻮ‪ u‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﺤﻮ‪ 8‬ﻹﻧﻜﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮ‪ F‬ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻄﻬﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺨﺮﻓﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ A .‬ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﺪ ﻣﻊ ﻹﺳﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻨﺎ ﺣﺮﺑﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪ /8‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻻﻟﺘﺰ‪ S‬ﻟﺤﺎ‪ Sd‬ﺑﺄﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺨﺼﻮ| ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪:u‬‬
‫”ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻴﺎ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪ ›A‬ﻗﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻰ‪A /A ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﺰ‪ Q‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻨﻬﺰ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪A‬ﻣﺎ‪ S‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﺨﻠﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺮﻓﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺪ ﻣﻊ ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻫﺎ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻹﺳﻼ‪....S‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺘﺪ‪ /‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ> ﻓﺘﻜﻮ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﺘﺒﻮ‪ .u‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺰ‪88‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻮﺣﺪ ﻗﻮ
ﻋﺰﻣﺎً‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻠﺬ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻴﺎ ﻹﻧﻜﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ‪B‬ﺗﺤﺎ‪8‬ﻫﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪ‪8‬ﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﺼﺎ‪ s8‬ﻟﻮﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻛﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺪ ﺑﺄ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﻤﺎ‪ L‬ﺑﺠﺴﺪ‪ F‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ 8‬ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﻹﻧﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎ ﷲ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﺪ‪ ،F‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﺠﺰ‬
‫ﻋﺪ‪) “F‬ﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺎ‪.(٥٤-٥٣ ،L‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ‪ L‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻮ‪
8‬ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﻛﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A A‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪ 8‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺰﻳﻤﺔ ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﺘﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻈﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻴﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﻲ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﻟﺮﺟﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪8‬‬
‫ﻷﻣﺔ ﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ>‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎ ﻣﻌﺎً ﻇﻠﻢ ‪A‬ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮ ﻟﺮﻫﺒﺎ ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻮﻳﻮ )ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ( ﺳﻴﻒ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺪﺟﺎ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ /8‬ﻟﻼ‪8‬ﻳﻨﻲ ﻟﺸﺎﻣﺦ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻤﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺬ‪A /‬ﺳﺴﻪ ﻟﺪﺟﺎ‪B Q‬ﻻ ﻟﺮﻫﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻮﻳﻮ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ .c‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻟﺮﻫﺒﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺰﺟﻮ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ )‬

‫‪48‬‬
‫ﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻬﺰﻣﻮ ﻟﺪﺟﺎ‪ Q‬ﻓﻜﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪A /A ،‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﻘﺘﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻳﻘﺘﺪ‪ /‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺪ‪ /‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺼﻼ
‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺎً ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﺒﻊ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ‪/‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﻤﻬﺪ‪ /‬ﺣﺎﻛﻤﺎً‪) .‬ﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﺎ‪.(٤٩٣ .| ،L‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
 ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻌﺮ‪ o‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ
؟‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻮ‪ o‬ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮ! ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

؟‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺼﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺷﺮﺣﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﺒﻲ ﷲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﺖ ‪ A‬ﷲ ﻓﻌﻪ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ‪A ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﻮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻚ ﻋﺘﻤﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ >ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺆ‪ Q‬ﻟﻤﺤﻴﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻄﺮ‪ p‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻮ‪" :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮ
‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ؟ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ؟"‪ B .‬ﻟﻤﺼﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺮﺟﻮ‪B u‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ u‬ﻫﻮ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪ A‬ﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪ L8‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ‪ /‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ .c‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ .L‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻌﺜﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﻨﻔﺮ‪ A
8‬ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ .L‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪B‬ﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻌﺜﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ .L‬ﺑﻨﺎ‪ c‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺼﺎ‪8‬ﻗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻣﺰﻳﺎ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﺑﺄ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﻨﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ .S‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﻮﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪:u‬‬
‫”ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺠﻲ‪ c‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ‪B ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻠﻜﻮ ﻧﻮ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪) “.‬ﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺎ‪.(٥٤ .| ،L‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﻮ‪ L‬ﻷﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮ‪
8‬ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪،S‬‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺳﻮ ﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﻮ‪ ،‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻧﻮ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮ‪ 8‬ﺑـ"ﻧﻮ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ"‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺣﺪﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻷﻣﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﺎً ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ‪ k8B‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻌﺴﻴﺮ
ﻟﻤﺒﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﻮ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻖ ﺻﺪ‪،s‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﺒﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﻣﻮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺴﻨﻰ ﻟﻐﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻋﺪﻣﻮ ﻧﻮ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄ ﷲ ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺢ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻳﺮﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻧﺎً "ﻳﻔﺮﻗﻮ! ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ 'ﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ"‪:‬‬
‫ﻨﻜ ْﻢ َﺳﻴﱢﺌَﺎﺗ ُ‬
‫ﱢﺮ َﻋ ُ‬ ‫ﱠَ‬
‫ِﺮ‬
‫ِﻜ ْﻢ َ'ﻳَ ْﻐﻔ ْ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ‪َ 3‬ﻣﻨُﻮ  ِْ! ﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮ ﷲ ﻳَ ْﺠ َﻌ ْﻞ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ُﻓ ْﺮ َﻗﺎﻧًﺎ َ'ﻳُ َﻜﻔ ْ‬
‫”ﻳَﺎ‪َ1‬ﻳﱡ َﻬﺎ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫َﻀ ِﻞ ﻟْ َﻌ ِﻈﻴ ِﻢ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻧﻔﺎ‪.(٢٩ :Q‬‬ ‫ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ'ﷲﱠُ ‪ 'ُn‬ﻟْﻔ ْ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻻﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻟﻤﺘﻔﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻮ‪8‬ﺗﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﻮﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺨﺼﻮ|‪:‬‬
‫”ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ‪B‬ﻻّ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻟﻔﺮﺳﺔ ﻟﻨﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻤﺎ؛ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ“‪) .‬ﻟﺸﻌﺎﻋﺎ‪.(٤٨٧ .| ،L‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ

؟‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺆ‪ ،Q‬ﻳﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ .c‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻧﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻨﺒﻮ
‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻓﺈ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻳﺤﺘﻮ‪ /‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺌﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻤﻴﺰ‪ L‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻔﺮ‪ 8‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ .c‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ‪B /‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷ‪ /‬ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .١‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‪ l‬ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‪ l‬ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﻟﺮﻓﻴﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺜﻬﻢ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﷲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻤﺎ‪ S‬ﻻﺧﺘﻼ‪ +‬ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻓﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ`‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎً ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻌﺰ‪ S‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺣﺰﺣﻪ ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻋﻦ ‪8‬ﻳﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪51‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻨﺤﻬﺎ ﷲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ‪A‬ﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ِ! َ‪:‬ﺑﱠ َﻚ َﺣ ِﻜ ٌ‬
‫ﻴﻢ‬ ‫ِﻴﻢ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﻗ ْﻮ ِﻣ ِﻪ ﻧَ ْﺮ َﻓ ُﻊ َ‪َ :َ G‬ﺟ ٍ‬
‫ﺎ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻧَ َﺸﺎ ُ  ﱠ‬ ‫” َ'ﺗِ ْﻠ َﻚ ُﺣ ﱠﺠﺘُﻨَﺎ ‪3‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ َﻫﺎ ِﺑْ َﺮﻫ َ‬
‫ِﻦ َﻗ ْﺒ ُﻞ َ'ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ُ‪ n‬ﱢ‪:‬ﻳﱠﺘِ ِﻪ َ‪Gَ ''ُ G‬‬ ‫ُﻮ‪ُ #‬ﻛ ָדﻼ َﻫ َﺪﻳْﻨَﺎ َ'ﻧُ ً‬
‫ﻮﺣﺎ َﻫ َﺪﻳْﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﺳ َﺤ َ‬
‫ﺎ( َ'ﻳَ ْﻌﻘ َ‬ ‫ِﻴﻢ َ' َ' َﻫ ْﺒﻨَﺎ ﻟَ ُﻪ  ْ‬
‫َﻋﻠ ٌ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ َ' َ َﻛ ِﺮﻳﱠﺎ‬
‫ِﻚ ﻧَ ْﺠﺰِ‪ a‬ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺤ ِﺴﻨ َ‬ ‫'! َ' َﻛ َﺬﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺳ َﻒ َ' ُﻣ َ‬
‫ﻮﺳﻰ َ' َﻫﺎ ُ‪َ :‬‬ ‫ﻮ‪'َ #‬ﻳُ ُ‬ ‫ﺎ! َ'‪َ1‬ﻳﱡ َ‬
‫َ' ُﺳ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻤ َ‬
‫ﺲ َ'ﻟُﻮ ًﻃﺎ َ' ُﻛ ָדﻼ‬‫ِﻴﻞ َ'ﻟْﻴَ َﺴ َﻊ َ'ﻳُﻮﻧُ َ‬
‫ِﺳ َﻤﺎﻋ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻦ َ' ْ‬
‫ِﺤ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺎﻟ ِ‬
‫ِﻦ ﱠ‬‫ﺎ† ُﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ َ'ِﻟْﻴَ َ‬
‫َ'ﻳَ ْﺤﻴَﻰ َ'ﻋ َ‬
‫ﺟﺘَﺒَْﻴﻨَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ َ' َﻫ َﺪﻳْﻨَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻟَﻰ‬ ‫ِﺧ َﻮﻧِﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻢ َ' ْ‬ ‫ِﻢ َ' ْ‬‫ِﻢ َ' ُ‪ n‬ﱢ‪:‬ﻳﱠﺎﺗِﻬ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ‪3‬ﺑَﺎﺋِﻬ ْ‬ ‫َﻓ ﱠﻀ ْﻠﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﻟْ َﻌﺎﻟَﻤ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ َ'ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻋِﺒَﺎ ِ‪'َ lِ G‬ﻟَ ْﻮ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺷ َﺮ ُﻛﻮ ﻟَ َﺤﺒ َ‬
‫ِﻂ‬ ‫ﷲِ ﻳَ ْﻬﺪِ‪ a‬ﺑِ ِﻪ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ ﻣ ْ‬‫ِﻚ ُﻫ َﺪ ﱠ‬ ‫? ُﻣ ْﺴﺘَﻘِﻴ ٍﻢ َ‪n‬ﻟ َ‬
‫ِﺻ َﺮ ٍ‬
‫َﻋ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻣﺎ َﻛﺎﻧُﻮ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻮ! )ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻧﻌﺎ‪.(٨٨-٨٣ :S‬‬
‫ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺿﻮ‪ A p‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﺧﻠﻘﻮ ﺑﻤﺰﻳﺎ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺪ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻟﻌﺎ‪8‬ﻳﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ >ﻳﺎ‪A L‬ﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ u‬ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ُﻮ‪#‬‬ ‫ِﺳ َﺤ َ‬
‫ﺎ( َ'ﻳَ ْﻌﻘ َ‬ ‫ِﻴﻢ َ' ْ‬ ‫ﺎ! ‪ ُ1‬ﱠﻣﺔً"‪).‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ُ n'َ " ،(١٢٠ ،‬‬
‫ْﻛ ْﺮ ﻋِﺒَﺎ َ‪G‬ﻧَﺎ ﺑْ َﺮﻫ َ‬ ‫ِﻴﻢ َﻛ َ‬
‫ِ! ِﺑْ َﺮﻫ َ‬‫"‪ ...‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻷ ْﺧﻴَﺎ‪) ."ِ:‬ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ِﻦ ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺼ َﻄﻔ َْﻴ َﻦ َْ‬
‫ﻷﺑْ َﺼﺎ‪)."ِ:‬ﺳﻮ
|‪ِ'َ " ،(٤٥ :‬ﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪﻧَﺎ ﻟَﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻷﻳْﺪِ‪َْ 'َ a‬‬ ‫‪'ْ ُ1‬ﻟِﻲ َْ‬
‫ﺎ! ِﻋ ْﻠ ًﻤﺎ َ' َﻗ َﺎﻻ ﻟْ َﺤ ْﻤ ُﺪ ِﱠﷲِ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪َ a‬ﻓ ﱠﻀ َﻠﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﻛﺜِﻴ ٍﺮ ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ‬ ‫|‪'َ " ،(٤٥ :‬ﻟَﻘ ْ‬
‫َﺪ ‪3‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ َ‪ُ 'َ Gَ ''ُ G‬ﺳ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻤ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ"‪).‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ .(١٥ :‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﺗﻨﺒﻪ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺤﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻋِﺒَﺎ ِ‪ lِ G‬ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨ َ‬
‫ﷲ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ F8‬ﻟﻤﺼﻄﻔﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺾ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻛ ﱠﻠ َﻢ ﷲﱠُ َ' َ‪َ :‬ﻓ َﻊ ﺑَ ْﻌ َﻀ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ‪َ :َ G‬ﺟ ٍ‬
‫ﺎ‬ ‫”ﺗِ ْﻠ َﻚ ﱡ‬
‫ﻟﺮ ُﺳ ُﻞ َﻓ ﱠﻀ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ﺑَ ْﻌ َﻀ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﺑَ ْﻌ ٍ‬
‫'‪ m‬ﻟْ ُﻘ ُﺪ ِ†‪) “..‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(٢٥٣ :‬‬ ‫ﺎ َ'‪َ1‬ﻳﱠ ْﺪﻧَﺎ ُ‪ l‬ﺑ ُِﺮ ِ‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ َﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ ﻟْﺒَﻴﱢﻨَ ِ‬
‫َ'‪3‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ ﻋ َ‬

‫‪ .٢‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‪ l‬ﺑﻤﻼﻣﺢ 'ﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‬

‫‪ B‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻔﻜﺮﻫﻢ ‪A‬ﺟﺴﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ>‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫”ﷲﱠَ ْ‬
‫ﺻ َﻄﻔَﺎ ُ‪َ l‬ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ' َ َ‪ lُ G‬ﺑَ ْﺴ َﻄ ًﺔ ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ ِﻌ ْﻠ ِﻢ َ'ﻟْ ِﺠ ْﺴ ِﻢ َ'ﷲﱠُ ﻳُ ْﺆﺗِﻲ ُﻣ ْﻠ َﻜ ُﻪ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ‬
‫ِﻴﻢ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(٢٤٧ :‬‬ ‫ﺳ ٌﻊ َﻋﻠ ٌ‬ ‫َ'ﷲﱠُ َ' ِ‬

‫‪52‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻜﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﺟﻬﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﻤﻼﻣﺢ ﻻﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ .c‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻧﻮ ﻹﻳﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ّ B‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮ‪ F‬ﻳﺪ‪A k‬ﻧﻪ ‪A‬ﻣﺎ‪B S‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻹﺷﺎ
‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﺛﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﻜﺬ{‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺪ ﺣﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮ
‪A‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﺳﻮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮ ﻻﻋﺘﺮ‪ +‬ﺑﻪ ﻷ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ‪B‬ﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎً ﺻﺎ‪8‬ﻗﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻓﻴﻘﺪﻧﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻗﺪ‪.F‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﷲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻵﺧﺮ
ﺑﺄﻧﻪ " َ' ِﺟﻴ ًﻬﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻟ ﱡﺪﻧْﻴَﺎ َ' ْﻵ ِﺧ َﺮ ِ‪'َ A‬ﻣ ْ‬
‫ِﻦ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ"‪).‬ﺳﻮ
>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٤٥ :‬‬ ‫ﻟْ ُﻤﻘ ﱠ‬
‫َﺮﺑ َ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،c‬ﺳﻮ‪+‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻓﻴﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٣‬ﻳﻜﻮ! ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎً 'ﺧﻄﻴﺒﺎً ﻣﻘﺘﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺎ‪'َ #‬ﻟْ ُﺤ ْﻜ َﻢ َ'ﻟﻨﱡﺒُ ﱠﻮ‪) “...َA‬ﺳﻮ
ﻷﻧﻌﺎ‪.(٨٩ :S‬‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ‪3‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬ ‫”‪'ْ ُ1‬ﻟَﺌ َ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻰ ﷲ ‪A‬ﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ Fc‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺜﻬﻢ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻷﻣﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻨﺬﻫﻢ ﻳﻬﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﺼﺮ( ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻔﺼﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻜﻼ‪ S‬ﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻟﻨﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪> .‬ﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺎ‪) "#‬ﺳﻮ
‬ ‫ﻼ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‪َ 'َ " :‬ﺷ َﺪ ْ‪G‬ﻧَﺎ ُﻣ ْﻠ َﻜ ُﻪ َ'‪3‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ ُ‪ l‬ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ َﺔ َ' َﻓ ْﺼ َﻞ ﻟْ ِﺨ َﻄ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ‪ 88‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫|‪ ،(٢٠ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻰ‪3'َ ..." :‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ ُ‪ l‬ﻟْ ُﺤ ْﻜ َﻢ َﺻﺒِﻴָדﺎ" )ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‪ ،(١٢ :‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺘَ َﻮ ‪3‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ ُ‪ُ l‬ﺣ ْﻜ ًﻤﺎ َ' ِﻋ ْﻠ ًﻤﺎ" )ﺳﻮ
ﻗﺼﺺ‪ ،(١٤ :‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﻤﺎ‪..." :‬‬ ‫" َ'ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺑََﻠ َﻎ ‪ُ َ1‬ﺷ ﱠﺪ ُ‪ْ 'َ l‬‬
‫ﺷ ُﻜ ْﺮ ِﱠﷲِ‪) "...‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻘﻤﺎ‪ ،(١٢ :‬ﻋﻦ ‪B‬ﺑﺮﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪:S‬‬ ‫ﺎ! ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ َﺔ ‪ْ !ْ َ1‬‬
‫َﺪ ‪3‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ ﻟُ ْﻘ َﻤ َ‬
‫َ'ﻟَﻘ ْ‬
‫ﺎ‪'َ #‬ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤﺔَ‪) "...‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(٥٤ :c‬‬ ‫ِﻴﻢ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬
‫‪ِ 3‬ﺑْ َﺮﻫ َ‬‫َﺪ ‪3‬ﺗَْﻴﻨَﺎ َ‬ ‫"‪َ ...‬ﻓﻘ ْ‬
‫ْ ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ َﺔ َﻓﻘ ْ‬
‫َﺪ ‪'ُ1‬ﺗ َ‬
‫ِﻲ َﺧ ْﻴ ًﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ":‬ﻳُ ْﺆﺗِﻲ ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ َﺔ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ َﺸﺎ ُ َ' َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُﺆ َ‬
‫َﻛﺜ ً‬
‫ِﻴﺮ‪) "...‬ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺒﻘﺮ
‪.(٢٦٩ ،‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪ُA‬ﻧﻌِﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ‪A‬ﺑﻠﻎ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﷲ‬

‫‪53‬‬
 ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫'‪m‬‬‫ِﻚ ِ ْ‪َ1 n‬ﻳﱠﺪﺗﱡ َﻚ ﺑ ُِﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺎ ﷲﱠُ ﻳَﺎﻋ َ‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑْ َﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻳَ َﻢ ‪ُ n‬‬
‫ْﻛ ْﺮ ﻧِ ْﻌ َﻤﺘِﻲ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ َﻚ َ' َﻋﻠﻰ َ'ﻟِ َﺪﺗ َ‬ ‫”ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ‪'َ #‬ﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ َﺔ َ'ﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮ َ‪Aَ :‬‬ ‫ﺎ† ﻓِﻲ ﻟْ َﻤ ْﻬ ِﺪ َ' َﻛ ْﻬ ًﻼ َ'ِ ْ‪َ n‬ﻋ ﱠﻠ ْﻤﺘُ َﻚ ﻟْ ِﻜﺘَ َ‬ ‫ﻟْ ُﻘ ُﺪ ِ† ﺗُ َﻜ ﱢﻠ ُﻢ ﻟﻨﱠ َ‬
‫ﻴﻞ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪ
‪.(١١٠ :‬‬ ‫ِْﻧﺠ َ‬
‫َ'ﻹ ِ‬
‫ﺾ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪a‬‬‫ﺎ َﻗ ْﺪ ِﺟ ْﺌﺘُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْ ِﺤ ْﻜ َﻤ ِﺔ َ' ِ ُﻷﺑَﻴﱢ َﻦ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑَ ْﻌ َ‬
‫ﺎ َﻗ َ‬
‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒَﻴﱢﻨَ ِ‬
‫” َ'ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ َﺟﺎ َ ﻋ َ‬
‫ُﻮ! ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ َﻓﺎﺗﱠﻘُﻮ ﷲﱠَ َ'‪َ1‬ﻃِﻴ ُﻌﻮﻧِﻲ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺰﺧﺮ‪.(٦٣ :+‬‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﺨﺘَِﻠﻔ َ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ "ﻟﺨﻄﺎ‪ #‬ﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ 'ﻟﻜﻼ
ﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ"‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،c‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﺨﻄﺎ{ ﻟﺤﻜﻴﻢ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ‪A‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺰ‪ L‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺨﺬ ﻟﻘﺮ> ‪8‬ﻟﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺪﻛﻮ ‪ A‬ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﻴﺰ
ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻟﺪ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪،c‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻛﻼ‪ S‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ
‬
‫ِﻚ َ' َﻗ ْﺪ ‪َ َ1‬ﺣ ْﻄﻨَﺎ ﺑِ َﻤﺎ ﻟَ ْﺪﻳ ِﻪ ُﺧ ْﺒ ًﺮ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪ .(٩١ :‬ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮ‪+‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻬﻒ َ‬
‫”ﻛ َﺬﻟ َ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‪ F‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ ‪B‬ﻳﺠﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﺤﻠﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻜﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻓﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺘﺺ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﺰ
ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺬﻫﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻷﻓﻬﺎ‪.S‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‪ l‬ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻮ ‪َ1‬ﻣ ٌ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ"‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻲ ‪A‬ﺳﻞ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ‪B‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ‪ A‬ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ "ِﻧﱢﻲ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ٌ‬
‫)ﺳﻮ‪ A:‬ﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ .(١٠٧ :‬ﺻﺪ‪ s‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪A c‬ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﻧﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺰﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺎ‪ S‬ﺑﻜﺘﺎ{ ﷲ ‪8‬ﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺎ‪ c‬ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻴﺪ ﻗﻴﺪ ‪A‬ﻧﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺻﺮ( ﷲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻈﺮ‪ +‬ﻷﺣﻮ‪ .Q‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻏﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ
ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻨﻮ‬
‫Šﺳﻬﻢ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻗﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ ‪ A‬ﺧﺼﺎ‪ Q‬ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻣﻴﺰﺗﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻟﻘﻮﻣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻳﻢ ‪ َ1 !ْ َ1‬ﱡ‪ِ 'G‬ﻟَﻲ ﻋِﺒﺎ َ‪ G‬ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ ِﻧﱢﻲ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫َﺪ َﻓﺘَﻨﱠﺎ َﻗ ْﺒ َﻠ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻗ ْﻮ َ
ﻓ ِْﺮ َﻋ ْﻮ َ! َ' َﺟﺎ َ ُﻫ ْﻢ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ٌ‬
‫ﻮ َﻛﺮ ٌ‬ ‫” َ'ﻟَﻘ ْ‬
‫ﱠ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺪﺧﺎ‪.(١٨-١٧ :‬‬ ‫ﻮ ‪َ1‬ﻣ ٌ‬ ‫َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ٌ‬

‫‪54‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻓﺈ ﻟﺨﺼﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺎ‪ d‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻠﻖ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻟﺬ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﻈﻨﻮ ﺑﺄﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻟﻈﻨﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﻚ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻊ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﺎ‪ u‬ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪ A‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﻗﻮ‪ S‬ﺻﺪﻗﺖ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻷﻳﺎ‪S‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ‪A‬ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺜﺎ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ‪ِ ُA‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﻌﺎ{‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ‪ s‬ﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ‪A‬ﻟﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﺠﻦ‪ .‬ﺷﺎ‪
8B Lc‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺋﻦ ﻣﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻮ‪ّ F‬‬
‫ْﺴﻲ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ َﻛ ﱠﻠ َﻤ ُﻪ َﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ ِﻧﱠ َﻚ ﻟْﻴَ ْﻮ َ
ﻟَ َﺪﻳْﻨَﺎ َﻣ ِﻜ ٌ‬
‫ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ِﻚ ﺋْﺘُﻮﻧِﻲ ﺑِ ِﻪ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺳﺘَ ْﺨﻠ ْ‬
‫ِﺼ ُﻪ ﻟِﻨَﻔ ِ‬ ‫” َ' َﻗ َ‬
‫ﺎ ﻟْ َﻤﻠ ُ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪.(٥٤:‬‬ ‫‪َ1‬ﻣ ٌ‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪A‬ﻣﺪ ﷲ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪
8‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎًَ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ‪A‬ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ`‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻒ ﷲ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ‪A‬ﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ‬
‫ﺷﻚ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‪ F‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﺑﺼﺪﻗﻪ ‪A‬ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮ! ﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﷲ‬
‫ِ! ُﺟﻨ َﺪﻧَﺎ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬
‫'! َ' ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ ِﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻟْ َﻤ ُ‬
‫ﻨﺼﻮ ُ‪َ :‬‬ ‫َﺖ َﻛﻠ َ‬
‫ِﻤﺘُﻨَﺎ ﻟِﻌِﺒَﺎ ِ‪G‬ﻧَﺎ ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺮ َﺳﻠ َ‬ ‫” َ'ﻟَﻘ ْ‬
‫َﺪ َﺳﺒَﻘ ْ‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎ‪.(١٧٣-١٧١ :L‬‬ ‫ﻟْ َﻐﺎﻟِﺒُ َ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ‪d‬ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺜﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﻮ ﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻋﺪﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻮ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺿﺪﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻳﺤﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻬﻮ‪8‬ﻫﻢ ‪8‬ﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺠﺎ‪ p‬ﺗﺜﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎ ﷲ ﻳﺸﺪ ‪dA‬ﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺪ‪ 8‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻧﺠﺎ‪ p‬ﻷﻋﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻘﺪ‪ S‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻚ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ‪B‬ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ B‬ﻇﻬﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺎ` ‪ A‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﺸﺮ ﻓﺈ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮ ‪B‬ﻻ ﺧﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪ‪ x‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮ‪ F‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺄ ﻗﺮﺗﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻷﺳﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺪ‬
‫‪A‬ﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ Fc‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻷﺣﻮ‪A ،Q‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻫﻢ‬

‫‪55‬‬
 ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻋﺪﺋﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻧﺠﺎ‪ p‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ‪A‬ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺒﺮ‪ A L‬ﺻﻐﺮ‪ -L‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﺸﺪ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻷﻧﻈﺎ‪A ،‬ﻧﻈﺎ ‪A‬ﻋﺪﺋﻪ ‪A‬ﻧﻈﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪A .‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻋﺪ‪ ،c‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻐﻔﻠﻮ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺠﺎ‪ p‬ﻧﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻋﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ ‪B‬ﻳﺠﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﻤﻐﺰ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺠﺎ‪ p‬ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺤﻘﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻬﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻜﻴﺪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻤﺒﺎ‪ k‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺳﻮ "ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ"‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪" :‬ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ﻧُﻨَ ﱢﺠﻲ ُ‪ُ :‬ﺳ َﻠﻨَﺎ َ'ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ‪َ 3‬ﻣﻨُﻮ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ " )ﺳﻮ
ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،(١٠٣ :‬ﻓﺈ ﷲ ﺳﻴﺤﺒﻂ ﻣﻜﺮﻫﻢ ﻳﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫َﻛ َﺬﻟ َ‬
‫ِﻚ َﺣﻘָדﺎ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ﻧُْﻨ ِﺞ ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨ َ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺎ‪ k‬ﺿﺪ‪A F‬ﻟﺤﺮ{ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺤﺎﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺠﺎ‪p‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - ٦‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺟﺰ ً 'ﻻ ﺷﻜﻮ‪ً:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪A c‬ﻳﻀﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮ ‪A‬ﺟﺮً ‪ A‬ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻚ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﺠﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ
ﷲ ﺣﺪ‪ .F‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻬﻢ ‪A /A‬ﺟﺮ ‪ A‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪c‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮ‪:Q‬‬
‫”ﻳَﺎ َﻗ ْﻮ ِ
َﻻ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺳﺄَﻟُ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺟ ًﺮ  ِْ! ‪ْ َ1‬ﺟﺮِ‪  a‬ﱠِﻻ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﻟﱠﺬِ‪َ a‬ﻓ َﻄ َﺮﻧِﻲ ‪ََ1‬ﻓ َﻼ ﺗَ ْﻌ ِﻘ ُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ
‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪.(٥١ :8‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺨﺼﺎ‪ Q‬ﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪S‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎً ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ‪8‬ﻳﻦ ﻹﺳﻼ‪ S‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ‪ /A‬ﻧﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪ A /8‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻟﻘﺎ‪ c‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﺧﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﺨﺼﻮ| ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،c‬ﻓﺈ‬
‫‪A‬ﺟﺮ‪ F‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻧﻨﺴﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ؛ ﻫﻲ ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ B‬ﻋﺮ‪ +‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﻴﺰ
ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﺑﻌﺾ ‪A‬ﻋﺪﺋﻪ‬

‫‪56‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﺟﻞ ﺻﺪ‪ F‬ﻋﻦ ‪8‬ﻋﻮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻻﻓﺘﺮ‪" :Lc‬ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ‪ A‬ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ c‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ S‬ﺑﻪ"‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﺪ ﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ Fc‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺼﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ‪d‬ﻳﻒ ‪8‬ﻋﺎ‪Lc‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﻋﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﺒﻂ ﺳﻌﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - ٧‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ‪: o':‬ﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪A‬ﻫﻢ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﺪ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻟﺮ‪A‬ﻓﺔ ﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ ﻛﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ c‬ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ` ‪B‬ﺳﻌﺎ‪8‬ﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻜﻮ ‪B‬ﺣﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺗﻪ ﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪.S‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﷲ ﺻﻔﺎً ﺣﻤﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻳﺺ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ‬ ‫ُﺴ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻋﺰِﻳ ٌﺰ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ َﻣﺎ َﻋﻨِﺘﱡ ْﻢ َﺣﺮ ٌ‬
‫ِﻦ ‪َ1‬ﻧﻔ ِ‬ ‫َﺪ َﺟﺎ َ ُﻛ ْﻢ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳ ٌ‬
‫ﻮ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫”ﻟَﻘ ْ‬
‫ﻴﻢ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.(١٢٨ :‬‬ ‫'‪ِ :َ o‬ﺣ ٌ‬ ‫َ‪ٌ ُ :‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻜﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﻠﻴﺎ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﻤﻴﺰ
ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻧﺰ‪B Q‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻣﺮ
‬ ‫ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﺣﻤﺘﻪ ‪A‬ﻓﺘﻪ ‪8‬ﻟﻴ ً‬
‫‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺗﻪ ‪1‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮ‪1 o‬ﺣﺪ 'ﻻ ‪1‬ﻫﻞ ﻟﻪ 'ﻻ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺮ‪ +‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﺻﻔﺎ‪ L‬ﻟﻨﺒﻮ
ﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮ
ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ> ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪B .‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﺗﻜﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ‪ F‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺷﺨﺎ|‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻫﻤﻬﺎ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻟﻪ ‪ /A‬ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ‪A A‬ﺣﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ‪A A‬ﻫﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻼً‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺪ‪ S‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪B S‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ‪A‬ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ‪ F‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ A‬ﺳﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ‪ A A‬ﺟﻬﻪ ‪ A‬ﺷﻜﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻪ ﻷ^ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﻳﻘﻮ‪A" :Q‬ﻧﺎ ‪A‬ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ‪A‬ﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ c‬ﻫﻢ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫‪A‬ﻗﺮﺑﺎŠ‪ ."F‬ﻟﻚ ‪ A‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻋﺎﺷﻮ ﻣﺎﺗﻮ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﻋﺎ‪ S‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫‪d‬ﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﺣﻮﻳّﻴﻪ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪A‬ﻣﻀﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺒﺎ ﻟﻘﻮ‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﻬﻮ‪ ،8‬ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪A‬ﺧﺬ‬
‫‪8‬ﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺎﺗﻮ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ ٢٠٠٠‬ﻋﺎ‪ .S‬ﻟﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻋﻮ‪8‬ﺗﻪ ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪B k‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﺣﺪ‬

‫‪57‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﻻ‪8‬ﺗﻪ ﻃﻔﻮﻟﺘﻪ ﺷﺒﺎﺑﻪ ‪ A‬ﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ k‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺮ‪ /A +‬ﺷﻲ‪ c‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻷﺟﺰ‪ c‬ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ{‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺧﻠﻖ ‪ 8‬ﻟﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﷲ "ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮ!"‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺟﺪً ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ /A k‬ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮ ﻣﺌﺎ‪L‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﷲ ﺿﻊ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﺂ‪ S8‬ﻗﺎﺋﻼً‪:‬‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ
‬‫ﺎ ﻟَ ُﻪ ُﻛ ْﻦ َﻓﻴَ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫‪ #‬ﺛ ﱠُﻢ َﻗ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ﺗُ َﺮ ٍ‬ ‫ِﻴﺴﻰ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﱠ‬
‫ﷲِ َﻛ َﻤﺜَ ِﻞ ‪َ
َ Gَ 3‬ﺧ َﻠ َﻘ ُﻪ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِ! َﻣﺜَ َﻞ ﻋ َ‬
‫” ﱠ‬
‫>‪ Q‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪.(٥ :‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎً ﻛﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻵﻳﺔ ﻓﺈ ﷲ ﺧﻠﻖ >‪ S8‬ﺑﺄﻣﺮ "ﻛﻦ" ﻓـ"ﻛﺎ!"‪ُ .‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ‪A‬ﻣﺮ "ﻛﻦ"‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ >‪ ،SA A {A S8‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺠﻲ‪ c‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪B‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺮ
‬
‫ﻷﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮ ‪A‬ﻣﻪ‪A ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ‪A‬ﻣﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻓﺈ ﻫﺬ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻇﻬﻮ ﺧﻄﺮ "ﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﺪﺟﺎ‪ ."Q‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ،S‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪A /A k‬ﻣﺮ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻠﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﺸﻚ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎ ‪B‬ﻳﺠﺎ‪ 8‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﻷ ﻳﻘﻮ‪ Q‬ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ‪ A‬ﻳﻜﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ ."S‬ﺑﻤﺎ ‪ A‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺎً‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ‪ S‬ﺟﻮ‪ /A 8‬ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻪ ﻷ^ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ Q‬ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﻔﺮ‪ 8‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ 8‬ﻟﻨﺎ`‪.‬‬

‫‪58‬‬
 ‫ﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ‪ A‬ﻧﺰ‪ Q‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪B S‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ^ ﻳﻤﺜﻞ ﺑﺸﺮ ‪B‬ﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻗﻞ ﻧﻈﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ‪B‬ﻧﺴﺎ ﻣﺒﺎ‪ k‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺮﺳﻞ "ﻹﻧﻘﺎ" ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺮ‪ L‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻮ ‪ A‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻨﺎ` ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ‪ A‬ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻟﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺪﻛﻬﻢ ﷲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺣﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺠﻴﺒﻬﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺎ َ'ﻟﻨﱢ َﺴﺎ ِ َ'ﻟْ ِﻮﻟْ َﺪ ِ‬
‫!‬ ‫ﻟﺮ َﺟ ِ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ِﻴﻞ ﷲِ َ'ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺴﺘَ ْﻀ َﻌﻔ َ‬ ‫” َ' َﻣﺎ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ َﻻ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺗُِﻠ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ﱢ‬ ‫ِﻴﻦ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻮ! ﻓِﻲ َﺳﺒ ِ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟَ ُﺪﻧْ َﻚ َ'ﻟِﻴָדﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻈﺎﻟِ ِﻢ ‪ْ َ1‬ﻫ ُﻠ َﻬﺎ َ' ْ‬
‫ﺟ َﻌﻞ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫َﺮﻳَ ِﺔ ﱠ‬‫ِﻦ َﻫ ِﺬ ِ‪ l‬ﻟْﻘ ْ‬ ‫ﻮ! َ‪:‬ﺑﱠﻨَﺎ ‪ْ َ1‬ﺧﺮ ْ‬
‫ِﺟﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ ﻳَﻘُﻮﻟُ َ‬
‫ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻟَ ُﺪﻧْ َﻚ ﻧَ ِﺼ ًﻴﺮ“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻨﺴﺎ‪.(٧٥:c‬‬ ‫ﺟ َﻌﻞ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﻣ ْ‬
‫َ' ْ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﻘﺬ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﺮ‪ L8‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮ
ﻟﺮﻫﻨﺔ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺪ‪ S‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻣﺮ
‪A‬ﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﻷﺧﻼ‪ s‬ﻟﻘﺮ>ﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﺒﺮﺳﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﺤﺎ‪ Q‬ﺑﺬ‪ Q‬ﻣﺎ ‪A‬ﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻷﺧﻼ‪s‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻜﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ{ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﻠﻮ‪> Q‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‪ S‬ﻫﺬ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻟﻤﺒﺎ‪ A k‬ﻳﺆﻳﺪ‪F‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪ F‬ﻳﺂ‪ ،Fd‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺆﻳﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻳﻨﺼﺮ ‪8‬ﻋﻮﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎ‪ Q‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﻷ‪" Q‬ﻣﻦ ‪1‬ﻧﺼﺎ‪ a:‬ﻟﻰ ﷲ؟ "‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ‪ A‬ﻻ ﻧﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﺄ‪ Q‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺆ‪،Q‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺬﻟﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﺎﺳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺼﺮﺗﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻷﻟﻢ ﻟﻨﺪ‪ S‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺬ{ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻳﻮ‪ S‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻟﻨﺪ‪ .S‬ﻟﻘﺪ ‪A‬ﻧﺬ ﷲ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫”ﺛ ﱠُﻢ ‪َ :ْ َ1‬ﺳ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ُ‪ُ :‬ﺳ َﻠﻨَﺎ ﺗَْﺘ َﺮ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ َﻣﺎ َﺟﺎ َ ‪ ُ1‬ﱠﻣ ًﺔ َ‪ُ :‬ﺳﻮﻟُ َﻬﺎ َﻛ ﱠﺬﺑُﻮ ُ‪َ l‬ﻓﺄَﺗْﺒَ ْﻌﻨَﺎ ﺑَ ْﻌ َﻀ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺑَ ْﻌ ًﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻮ!“ )ﺳﻮ
ﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮ‪.(٤٤ :‬‬ ‫َ' َﺟ َﻌ ْﻠﻨَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ ‪َ َ1‬ﺣﺎ‪َ G‬‬
‫ِﻳﺚ َﻓﺒُ ْﻌ ًﺪ ﻟِ َﻘ ْﻮ ٍ
َﻻ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُ َ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻔﺮﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻨﺼﺮﺗﻪ ﻟﺪﻓﺎ‪ u‬ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻟﻤﺎ‪Q‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺬ‪ /‬ﺳﻤﻪ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺳﻮ‪ +‬ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ
ﷲ ﺣﻤﺘﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻋﺪ ﷲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺨﻠﻒ ﷲ ﻋﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻦ‬
‫ﺎ ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﺤ ِ‬ ‫ ﻟﺼﺎﻟ َ‬ ‫ِ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ  َﻣﻨُﻮ َ َﻋ ِﻤ ُﻠﻮ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎ ﻟِﻴُ ْﺨﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺎ ﱠ‬
‫ ﷲِ ُﻣﺒَﻴﱢﻨَ ٍ‬ ‫ﻮﻻ ﻳَْﺘ ُﻠﻮ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ُﻜ ْﻢ ﻳَ ِ‬
‫” َ' ُﺳ ً‬
‫ِﻦ ﺗَ ْﺤﺘِ َﻬﺎ‬ ‫ِﺤﺎ ﻳُ ْﺪ ِﺧ ْﻠ ُﻪ َﺟﻨﱠ ٍ‬
‫ﺎ ﺗَ ْﺠﺮِ* ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻦ ﺑ ﱠ‬
‫ِﺎﷲِ َﻳَ ْﻌ َﻤ ْﻞ َﺻﺎﻟ ً‬ ‫ﺎ ‪ِ7‬ﻟَﻰ ﻟﻨﱡﻮ ِ' َ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُ ْﺆﻣ ْ‬ ‫ ﻟ ﱡﻈ ُﻠ َﻤ ِ‬
‫ِﻳﻦ ﻓِﻴ َﻬﺎ @َﺑَ ًﺪ َﻗ ْﺪ @َ ْﺣ َﺴ َﻦ ﷲﱠُ ﻟَ ُﻪ ِ' ْ= ًﻗﺎ“ )ﺳﻮ ﻟﻄﻼ‪.(١١ :‬‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ ﻷﻧْ َﻬﺎ ُ' َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ َ‬
‫ﺸﺮ‪ /‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ( ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬ" ﻳﻬﻲ ﻟﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻟﺬ" ﻳُ ﱢ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺧﺮ( ﻣﻦ ﺟﻞ ﻟﻔﻮ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ‪7‬ﺧﺮﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺼﻼ ﻟﺴﻼ? ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ِﻴﻦ)‪ َ (١٨١‬ﻟْ َﺤ ْﻤ ُﺪ ِﱠﷲِ َ' ﱢ‪ D‬ﻟْ َﻌﺎﻟَﻤ َ‬
‫ِﻴﻦ“ )ﺳﻮ ﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎ‪.(١٨٢-١٨١ :F‬‬ ‫” َ َﺳ َﻼ ٌ‪َ H‬ﻋ َﻠﻰ ﻟْ ُﻤ ْﺮ َﺳﻠ َ‬

‫‪610‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻤﻠﺤ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﻴﺎ ﻟ ّﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪61‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻬﻴﺎ ﻟ ّﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ
ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟ ّﺪ
ﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﺑﻬﺪ ﻓﺾ ﻓﻜﺮ
ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ‬
‫=ﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ‪:‬ﻟﻚ‪ُ
 ،‬ﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﺮ‪ 1‬ﺳﻔﺴﻄﺔ ﺧﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻄﺎ'
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪
#‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗ ّﺪﻋﻲ =‪
D‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ
ﻟﻤﺼﺎ‪1‬ﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ‬
‫‪1‬ﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ = ّ‪= D‬ﺛﺒﺖ
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ = ّ‪
D‬ﻟﻜﻮ‪
 D‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ‪ F‬ﻋﻠﻰ =ﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ
ﻹﻋﺠﺎ‪ .L‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ

ﻟﻨﺤﻮ =ﺛﺒﺖ
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ =‪
D‬ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ
ﻟﻜﻮ‪ D‬ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪
#‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ R‬ﺳﻮ‪ Q‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ
ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ
ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ 
ﻷﻛﺎ‪:‬ﻳﺐ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﺪ‪F‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎ‪
U‬ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﺘﺰﻳﻴﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ
ﻟﻘﻴﺎ‪ R‬ﺑﺤﻤﻠﺔ 
ﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎ'
ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪
#‬ﻟﻨّﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ =ﻗﺪ
ﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ =‪ D‬ﻫﺬ‪
#‬ﻟﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪W‬ﺧﻔﺎ‪
V‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺖ
ﻷﺻﻮ
 ﺧﻼ\
ﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ
ﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪1‬ﻧﻴﺎ
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺒﻴّﻦ ﺑﺄ‪ D‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‬
‫
ﻋﺘﺒﺎ
‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ =ﻛﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ =ﺛﺒﺘﺖ
ﻷﺑﺤﺎ‪
b‬ﻟﺘﻲ =ﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎ_ ً‬
‫
ﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ
ﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎ‪ 1980 R‬ﺑﺄ ّ‪
D‬ﻹ‪1‬ﻋﺎ‪

V‬ﻟ ّﺪ
ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎ ﺟﺎ\
ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ
ﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎ
ﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎ_‪ ،‬ﺻﺮ‪
h‬ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪
V‬ﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ 
ﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎ‪
V‬ﻟﺤﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ
ﻟﺤﻔﺮﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪
R‬ﻷﺧﺮ‪ Q‬ﺑﺄ‪D‬‬
‫
ﻟﺪ
ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺻﻠﺖ ‪W‬ﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺪ‪= Dّ = 1‬ﺻﻞ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ
ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪
 .‬ﻟﻴﻮ‪ R‬ﺗﺆﻛﺪ‬
‫
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ

ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺄ‪
D‬ﻟﻜﻮ‪ D‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ُﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ
ﻧﻬﻴﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ‪1‬ﻻﺋﻞ
ﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ
ﺿﻊ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ =ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ ﻧُﻮ
ﺻﻞ ‪:‬ﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ =ﻋﻤﺎ\ =ﺧﺮ‪ .Q‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ‪W‬ﻟﻰ
ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ
ﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫ﻫﺬ

ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ ﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪ ﻳﺮ
ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ

ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﻧﻬﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ * ﻫﺬ)
ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺬ‪#‬ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻟﻰ
ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ
ﻹﻏﺮﻳﻘﻲ
ﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻬﺪ‪# 0‬ﺳﻊ‬
‫
ﻧﺘﺸﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ
ﻟﻘﺮ*
ﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ‪ .‬ﻛﺎ* ﻫﻢ ﺗﻄﻮ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻟﺰ ﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ
ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺪ‪ #‬ﻛﺘﺎ‪ D‬ﺗﺸﺎﻟﺰ
‪#‬ﻳﻦ "ﺻﻞ‬
‫
ﻷﻧﻮ
"
ﻟﺬ‪ K‬ﺻﺪ ﻋﺎ‪ .1859 J‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ

ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪ D‬ﻳﻨﻜﺮ
‪#‬ﻳﻦ‬
‫*
ﻷﻧﻮ

ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻷ‪ Q‬ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ
ﷲ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪#
M‬ﻳﻦ‬
‫* ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪
0‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮ‪# W‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻮﻋﺖ ‪
#‬ﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ
ﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ‪0‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺘﺪﺟﺔ ﺗﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ
ﻷ‪Z‬ﻣﺎ*‪.‬‬
‫‪#‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺮ
‪#‬ﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ* ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ J‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ K‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮ " ﻓﺘﺮ
‪ ."Q‬ﻋﻼ‪ #‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪a‬ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﺮ`
‪#‬ﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻄﻮ‪ M‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎ‪ D‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮ
*‬
‫"
ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺐ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮ
ﺟﻬﻬﺎ
ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ" *
ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻬﺎ‪ d#‬ﻣﺎ‪
J‬ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ
ﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ
ﻟﺤﺮﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﺪ
‪#‬ﻳﻦ ‪e‬ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ‪
0‬ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ
ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎ* ﻳﻈﻦ ﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺰﻳﻞ
ﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎ‪
0‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮ
ﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ * ﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺘﺘﻪ ﻫﺬ)
ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ‪ 0‬ﺟﺎ‪ g‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﻨﺎ)
ﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪#‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ
‪#‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ‪
J‬ﻟﻌﻠﻢ
ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ M‬ﺛﻼ‪ j‬ﻧﻘﺎ‪ i‬ﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪-1‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬ)
ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺄ‪# K‬ﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ * ﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺸﺄ‪
0‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪#‬ﺟﻪ
ﻷ‪.Q‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪
K‬ﻛﺘﺸﺎ` ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻳﺪ‪ M‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪ "
ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ‪
0‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺔ"
ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫
ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪ K‬ﺣﺎ‪ M‬ﻣﻦ
ﻷﺣﻮ
‪.M‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﻣﺎﻳﺜﺒﺘﻪ
ﻟﺴﺠﻞ
ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻜﺲ
ﻻ ﻋﺎ‪
0
g‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ J‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻨﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ ﻟﺜﻼ ﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ ﻷﻟﻰ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺬﻟﻞ‪

:‬ﺻﻞ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮ‪ 9‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ' ‪ 01‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮ' ﻋﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ "ﺣﻴﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ'‪ C‬ﻟﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ 3.8‬ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪" .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ "ﺣﻴﺪ ‪01‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ "ﻷﻧﻮ‪ L‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ؟ "‪ IJ‬ﻛﺎ‪ 0‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ' ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪ ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‪ I‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻼﺋﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﺠﻼ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ ﺳﺆ‪ 9‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪J .‬ﻻ ‪ 01‬ﻟﺴﺆ‪ 9‬ﻷ"‪ 9‬ﻟﺬ‪ W‬ﺑﻘﻲ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺟﻮﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻵ‪ ،0‬ﻫﻮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺸﺄ "ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻷ"ﻟﻰ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ'‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺮ^ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ "ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮ] ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﻮ[ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻷ"ﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪1‬ﻧﻬﺎ ‪1‬ﺗﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮ‪ 0‬ﻟﻤﺎ] ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ] ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺼﺎ]ﻓﺎ‪" ،‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺆﻛﺪ ‪ 01‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺰﻋﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪1‬ﺑﺴﻂ ﻗﻮﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ[‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ‪ ،h‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻄﺮ‪"'] g‬ﻳﻦ ‪J‬ﻟﻰ ‪1‬ﺻﻞ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ‪ 0‬ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻓﺘﺮ‪ C‬ﺑﺄ‪ 0‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ‪ I‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺟﺪً‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻻﻗﺖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ[ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ"‪ 0‬ﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪" ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ‪ 01 9‬ﻟﻤﻮ]‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎ[ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ‪"' ،‬ﺟﺎً "ﺳﻌﺎً ﻓﻲ ‪I‬ﻟﻚ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ] ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﺠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ 01‬ﻟﺤﺸﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻟﻄﻌﺎ‪،j‬‬
‫"‪ 01‬ﻟﺠﺮ‪ 0I‬ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻤﺢ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺠﺪ' ﺑﻨﺎ ‪ 01‬ﻧﺘﻌﺮ‪ C‬ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻀﺤﻜﺔ ﻗﺎ‪ j‬ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻢ "ﺿﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻘﻤﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ "ﺳﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻤﺎ‪" ،m‬ﻛﺎ‪ 0‬ﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ ‪ 01‬ﻳﺨﺮ‪l‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺮً ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﻫﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺗﻪ ﻛﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ  ﻟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻢ؛ ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻠﺒﺚ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ ﺛﺒﺖ  ﻟﺪﻳﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺨﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪) ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺬﺑﺎ‪ -‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻗﺎﻧﺎ= ﻻ ﺗﺮ< ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺠﺮ‪.89‬‬
‫ﻛﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ 9‬ﺳﺎﺋﺪً ﻓﻲ ﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ G‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪)D9‬ﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎ‪" -‬ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ@"‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄ ﻟﺒﻜﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﺟﺎ‪ =M‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻮ‪ 9‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ‪ 89‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﻴﺔ )ﻛﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻮ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﻄﻞ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻠﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮ‪ D‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ‪D9‬ﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ )ﺑﺤﺎﺛﻪ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪ 8‬ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺣﺾ ﺳﺎ‪ U‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ‪)D9‬ﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺎ‪ S‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮ‪ D‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﺿﺮﺗﻪ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﺼﺎ‪D‬ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﺴﻮ‪D‬ﺑﻮ ﻋﺎ[ ‪:1864‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ  ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﻖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ‪ M‬ﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻋﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ]‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪1 ".‬‬
‫ﻗﺎ)[ ﻟﻤﺪﻓﻌﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺪ‪)D‬ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ= ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮ‪ D‬ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺟﺎ‪ M‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻮ‪ D‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﺘﻘﺪ[ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪ‪ 8‬ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ‪ 89‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﺎ ﻓﻜﺮ‪) 8‬ﺟﻮ‪ 9‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ 8‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ‪ eD‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄ‪cd‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻟﺨﺮ) ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻻ ﻟﻌﺎﺟﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ )‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻨﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ@ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ 8‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ GD‬ﻟﻤﺸﻬﻮ‪D‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺴﻨﺪ‪) D‬ﺑﺎ‪D‬ﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺪ[ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻵ‪ MD‬ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻨﻴﺎ= ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎ)‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺛﺒﺎ= ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ‪ D‬ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ ‪D9‬ﺳﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻨﺘﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺸﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺄ)ﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻻﻋﺘﺮ‪ l‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﻸﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻷ)ﻟﻰ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪ m‬ﻏﻤﻮﺿﺎً ﻓﻲ ‪D9‬ﺳﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ‪D‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ"‪2.‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪#‬ﻳﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺆﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺎ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﺎ‪ :#‬ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎ' ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﺘﺎﻧﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﻠﺮ ﻋﺎ' ‪ .1953‬ﻗﺎ'‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺪﻣﺞ ﻋﺪ? ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺎ‪ DE‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﺘﺮ‪ B‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮ? ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺎ= ﻟﺒﺪﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻸ‪ ،B#‬ﺿﺎ‪N O‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪ‪ #‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ J‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﻠﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺪ? ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻤﻮ‪ B‬ﻷﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ )ﻟﺠﺰﻳﺌﺎ‪ D‬ﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ( ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻨﺎ‪.D‬‬
‫‪N‬ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺾ ﻋﺪ ﺳﻨﻮ‪ D‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﻄﻼ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﻄﻮ‬
‫‪#‬ﺋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺪ' ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،#‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎ= ﻟﺬ` ﺳﺘﺨﺪ' ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻛﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﺟﺪً‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ O‬ﻷ‪#‬ﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪3.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻋﺘﺮ‪ O‬ﻣﻴﻠﻠﺮ  ﻟﻤﻨﺎ= ﻟﺬ` ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺘﻪ ﻛﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎً‪4.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﺎ‪ Dd‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﻻ‪ D‬ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪#‬ﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ‪N‬ﺛﺒﺎ‪ D‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺸﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﺮ‪ O‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ? ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ ﺳﻜﺮﻳﺒﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﺎﻏﻮ ﺑﻬﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ "ﻷ‪ "B#‬ﻋﺎ' ‪:1998‬‬
‫"ﻫﺎ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻟﻴﻮ' ﻧﻐﺎ?‪ #‬ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ?  ﻧﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻞ ﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺮ ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺑﺪ‪ D‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷ‪B#‬؟"‪5‬‬

‫ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎ‬

‫ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺬ` ﻗﻊ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ #‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄ‪" kE‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺑﺪ‪ D‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ" ﻫﻮ  ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ D‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻄﻮ` ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﻴﺎ‪ D‬ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪً ﻣﻦ ` ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﻘﻨﻲ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻷ` ﻣﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ?‪#‬ﺟﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ‪  #‬ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪J‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺪ? ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻮ? ﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ N‬ﻟﻈﺮ‪ O‬ﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ  ﺗُﻌﺮ‪.B‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ "ﺣﺪ ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻷﺳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺋﻲ ﻫﻲ‬
‫‪4 1‬ﻟﻰ ‪ 10950‬ﻫﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﻮ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 500‬ﺣﻤﺾ "ﻣﻴﻨﻲ؛ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ "@ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ? "ﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 150‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼً!‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺟﺰ@‪ J‬ﻟـ ‪ DNA‬ﻟﺬ@ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻮ‪ E‬ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺬ@ ﻳﺨﺰ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﻮ‪C‬ﺛﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪ ‪P‬ﺗﻪ ﺑﻨﻚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ "‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﺸﻔﺮ‪ E‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰ@‪DNA J‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ "ﻓﺮﻏﺖ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 900‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪً ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻮﻋﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ‪ 500‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ "ﺧﺮ[ ﻣﺜﻴﺮ‪ :E‬ﻓﺠﺰ@‪ J‬ﻟـ ‪ DNA‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ "‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ ‪4‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ‪ E‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ )ﻷﻧﺰﻳﻤﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ] ﻷﻧﺰﻳﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ "‪ .‬ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪ‪C‬ﻫﺎ ‪4‬ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ? ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﺸﻔﺮ‪ E‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰ@‪ J‬ﻟـ ‪ .DNA‬ﺑﻤﺎ "‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻀﺮ‪ ." @C‬ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻀﺎﻋﻒ‪.‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﺔ "‪ .‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ E‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎ‪ J‬ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪4‬ﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺪ‪ .c‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﺘﺮ‪b‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮﻓﺴﻮ‪ C‬ﻟﻴﺴﻠﻲ "‪C‬ﺟﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﻄﻮ‪ @C‬ﻣﺸﻬﻮ‪ C‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺳﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﺎﻏﻮ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮ‪C‬ﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ]‬
‫ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ? ﻣﻮﺿﻮ‪ k‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ‪ j‬ﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺎ‪:1994 j‬‬
‫"ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ "‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻤﻮ‪ m‬ﻵﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ‪،E‬‬

‫ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺄ ﺣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻮ  ‬

‫ﺗﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ& ﻟـ ‪ : DNA‬ﻓﺎﻷﺟﺰ! ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﺠﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺰ‪ 1‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻛﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ  ﻳﺤﺪ‪ -‬ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺮ? > ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪6‬ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟـ ‪ ،DNA‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺪ  ﺗﻜﺴﺐ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ >‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮ! ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎ‪L‬ﻳﺔ ﻛﺄ ﺗﺨﺮ‪ J‬ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻈﻬﺮ > ﺗﺨﺮ‪ J‬ﻷ‪I‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﻄﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ‪ $‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻟﻤﻜﺎ‪ .‬ﺿﻒ ﻟﻰ ﻋﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ; ﻵﺧﺮ ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ‪ 0‬ﻷﻟﻰ ﻳﺠﺪ ﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻮ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ 0‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ‪ $‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ A‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪ $‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﺘﺔ"‪6‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻧﻪ ‪ I‬ﻛﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ  ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ 0‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﺎ‪ G‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫"ﺧﻠﻘﺖ" ﺑﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ‪ Q‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ، M‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺪ‪ N‬ﺑﺎﻟﺪ‪M‬ﺟﺔ ﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻰ ﻧﻜﺎ‪ M‬ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻷﻓﻜﺎ ﻟﺨﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‬

‫ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺣﺾ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ;‪M‬ﻳﻦ ﻫﻲ  ﻛﻼ ﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺿﻌﺘﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻛـ "ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ‪ $‬ﺗﻄﻮ‪M‬ﻳﺔ" ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ‪ V‬ﻗﻮ‪ 0‬ﺗﻄﻮ‪M‬ﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺘﻤﺪ ;‪M‬ﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ M‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺮ[ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺮ‪" 0‬ﻹﺻﻄﻔﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ Q‬ﻟﻔﻜﺮ‪ 0‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪" :‬ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ\ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪"...‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮ‪ A‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮ ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ  ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ $‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ  ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ .0‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺜﺎ‪ ،A‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﻟﺤﻴﻮﻧﺎ‪$‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﻮﺣﺸﺔ ﻗﻄﻴﻌﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺰﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻐﺰﻻ ﻷﻗﻮ‪ b‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ  ﺗﺮﻛﺾ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺒﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻨﺠﻮ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ .0‬ﻫﻜﺬ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻗﻮﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ !" #‬ﻣﻜﺴﺐ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ ﻹﺗﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮ‪ 4‬ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎ " ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪, .‬ﻟﻚ ﻷ* ﻫﺬ( ﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮ; ﻣﻦ ﻷﻳﺎ; ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪ 6‬ﻟﺠﻴﻨﻴﺔ "‬
‫>ﻏﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﺪ? "! ﻧﻮ< ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻮ<‪> .‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷ! ﻧﻮ< "*‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ >ﻟﻰ ﻧﻮ< ‪G‬ﺧﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ؛ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ "* ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫"* ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﺠﻢ ﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺳﻤﻜﺔ‪ " ،‬ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻷﺳﻤﺎ‪ #‬ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺿﻔﺎ‪ " ،<M‬ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻀﻔﺎ‪ <M‬ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻴﺢ " ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻃﻴﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
‫‪
#‬ﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪# .‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪# ،‬ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮ ﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ
ﺟﺪﻻً‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺆﻻ
ﻷﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻴﻊ
ﻟﻐﺰﻻ‪ : :‬ﻳﺘﻄﻮ‪
#8‬ﺑﺄ‪ 5‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ
ﻷﺷﻜﺎ‪ 3‬ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺤﻮ
ﺧﻴﻮﻻً ﻣﺜﻼً؟ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮ‪ : 3‬ﻫﺬ=
ﻟﻔﻜﺮ‪ E‬ﻻ ﻗﻮ‪ E‬ﺗﻄﻮ‪8‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪#8
B .‬ﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻛﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﻘﺎً ﺑﺸﺄ‪ :‬ﻫﺬ=‬
‫
ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ
ﻟﺘﻲ ‪#‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺻﻞ
ﻷﻧﻮ
‪ J‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎ‪:3‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮ‪
:‬ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ
ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎً ﻣﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺪ‪ O‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ
‪ N‬ﻓﺮ‪B‬ﻳﺔ‬
‫‪U‬ﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ"‪7.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻻﻣﺎ‬
‫‪#‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﲢﺪ‪ O‬ﻫﺬ= "
ﻟﺘﻐ‪
N
Z‬ﻹ‪Y‬ﺎﺑﻴﺔ"؟ ﺣﺎ‪#8
B 3#‬ﻳﻦ
ﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ

ﻟﺴﺆ
‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪
3‬ﻟﻔﻬﻢ
ﻟﺒﺪ
ﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮ‪b c d‬ﻟﻚ
ﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻻﻣﺎ‪
^8‬ﻟﺬ‪ 5‬ﻋﺎ] ﻗﺒﻞ ‪#8
B‬ﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ‪
:‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪
N‬ﳊﻴﺔ ﺗﻮ‪ O8‬ﺻﻔﺎִדﺎ
ﻟ‪
h‬ﻛﺘﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻼ‪ 3‬ﺣﻴﺎִדﺎ ‪
fU‬ﻷﺟﻴﺎ‪
3‬ﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪# ،‬ﻫﺬ=‬
‫
ﻟﺼﻔﺎ‪ N‬ﺗﺘﺮ
ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﻞ ‪k fU‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻮ
‪ J‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ E‬ﻣﻦ
ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪
N‬ﳊﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﻻﻣﺎ‪،^8‬‬
‫
ﻟﺰ‪
8‬ﻓﺎ‪ N‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ N‬ﺗﻄﻮ‪ N8‬ﻋﻦ
ﻟﻈﺒﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲡﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻞ
ﻟﻮﺻﻮ‪
fU 3‬ﻟﺜﻤﺎ‪
8‬ﻟ‪h‬‬
‫ﲢﻤﻠﻬﺎ
ﻷﺷﺠﺎ‪
8‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﺎﻟﺖ ‪8‬ﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﻞ ‪k fU‬ﺧﺮ ﺣ‪
m‬ﺳﺘﻘﺮ‪ N‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ

ﻟﻄﻮ‪.3‬‬
‫‪#‬ﺑﺎﻗﺘﻔﺎ ﺛﺮ=‪#8
B B8# ،‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻻً ﳑﺎﺛ ً‬
‫ﻼ ‪ c‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎ‪
: 3‬ﻟﺪﺑﺐ ﻏﻄﺴﺖ ‪
c‬ﳌﺎ ﺛﻨﺎ‬
‫‪r‬ﺜﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ
ﻟﻄﻌﺎ‪ d‬ﻓﺘﺤﻮﻟﺖ ‪ fU‬ﺣﻴﺘﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ
ﻷﺟﻴﺎ‪8."3‬‬
‫‪U‬ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﺜﺖ ‪ :‬ﻇﻬﺮ‪ N‬ﻗﻮ
ﻧﲔ
ﻟﻮ‪
8‬ﺛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ
ﻟﻌﺎ‪ s‬ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪
c 3‬ﻟﻘﺮ‪
:‬ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮ‪
E8‬ﻣﺘﺪ
‪
B‬ﻟﺼﻔﺎ‪ N‬ﻋ‪
v‬ﻷﺟﻴﺎ‪# .3‬ﻫﻜﺬ
ﺳﻘﻂ
ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ
ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪B‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ N‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪.8‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
 ‫‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪ $‬ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ $‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺬ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻮ ﻟﺬﺑﺎ‪ ,‬ﻟﻠﻄﻔﺮ‬‫ﻋﻦ ﻧﻤﻮ‪ 23‬ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﺮ ﻷﺣﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﱠ‬
‫ﻷﺣﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﺮ‪+ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮ‪4‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺼﻮ‪+ F‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪3‬ﺑﺎ‪ ,‬ﻣﺮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎ‪ .A‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﺎ ﺻﻮ ﻟﺬﺑﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ‪3‬ﺑﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﺧﺮ‪ M‬ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﺮ ﻷﺣﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﻮﺟﺪ ‪3‬ﺑﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﻮ‪3 O‬ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻞ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ‪ !# $‬ﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﻮ ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ "ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ"  ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺑـ "ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﳉﺪﻳﺪ" ‪4 5‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﻨﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺿﺎﻓﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ "ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪"-‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﺎ‪ -‬ﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﳊﻲ ﲢﺪ> ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺗﺄﺛ;‪-‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮ‪ !# O‬ﻹﺷﻌﺎﻋﺎ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺎ‪ 5 K‬ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﻟـ ‪ ،DNA‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪!#‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪ -‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ ST‬ﻟﺬ‪ Q‬ﻳﻘﻒ ﻣﺪﻓﻌ‪ P‬ﻟﻴﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪$‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ\ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﳉﺪﻳﺪ ـﺄ ﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ K‬ﳌﺘﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ‪ O‬ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎ‪ -K‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪ -‬ﻃﺮ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷﻋﻀﺎ‪ K‬ﳌﻌﻘﺪ _ﺬ\ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻵ‪ T‬ﻟﻌﻴﻮ ﻟﺮﺋﺎ‪ -‬ﻷﺟﻨﺤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪# Q‬ﺿﻄﺮﺑﺎ‪ -‬ﺛﻴﺔ‪# .‬ﻻ  ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺄ‪ 5 f‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﻻﲡﺎ\ ﳌﻄﻠﻮ‪ .b‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﻔﺮ‪a -‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻦ ‪ 5‬ﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻳﺎ ‪k#‬ﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺆ‪ !# Qi‬ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻟﻘﺪ ﳊﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﳊﻲ‪# ،‬ﳕﺎ ‪!#‬‬
‫‪4#‬ﺎﻛﻬﺎ ‪#‬ﺿﻌﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪..‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ‪ K‬ﻫﺬ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻫﻮ  ﺟﺰ‪o DNA KQ‬ﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ ﺟﺪ‪ Q n‬ﺗﻐﻴ;‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺋﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺆ‪ Qi‬ﺿﺮ‪ n‬ﻛﺒ;‪ .n‬ﻳﺸﺮ‪ u‬ﻋﺎ‪ a‬ﳉﻴﻨﺎ‪ -‬ﻧﻐﺎﻧﺎﺗﺎ ﳌﻮﺿﻮ‪ t‬ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎ‪:s‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
‫"ﻻً‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﳉﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻧﺎ ﳊﺪ ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ‬
‫' ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺿﺎ ﻣﻬﻠﻜﺔ ' ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ! ﻷﺎ ﺗﻐ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺋﻴﺔ ‪ 8 ،‬ﺗﻐ ﻏ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳌﻨﻈﻢ ‪' ،‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ ﻗﻴﻴﺘﻨﺤﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪C‬ﻮ ﻷﺳﻮ‪ A‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﻘﻲ ﺑﻪ =<‬
‫ﻷﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺎ‪M‬ﺰ ﻷﺿﻴﺔ ﻟ‪ K‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﺣﺪ ﻷﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﳌﺜﺎ‪ ،X‬ﺳﺘﺘﺴﺒﺐ ' ﺗﻐﻴ ' ﻹﻃﺎ ﻟﻌﺎ‪M S‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮ! ﲢﺴﻴﻨ ' ﻟﺒﻨﺎ‪9".A‬‬

‫‪M‬ﺬ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻏﺮﻳﺒ ﻏﻴﺎ_ ‪ 8‬ﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮ ﻃﻔﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ' ﺗﻐﻴ ﻟﺸﻔﺮ ﻟﻮﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫‪C‬ﻮ ﻷﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻓﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻛﺴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﺿﺤ =‪ ! ab‬ﻟﻄﻔﺮ ﻟ‪K‬‬
‫ﻋﺘ‪ h‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻻ ﲡﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﳊﻲ =ﻻ ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﲡﻌﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ‪.a‬‬
‫) ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﺮ ' ﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺮ‪ j‬ﻟﺴﺮﻃﺎ!(‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ! ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮ! ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ "ﻟﺘﻄﻮ"‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟـ "ﻻﺻﻄﻔﺎ‪ A‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ " ! ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﺷﻴﺌ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻳﻌ‪ s‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺗﻄﻮ ' ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻔﺎ‪ A‬ﺟﻮ ﻫﺬ‪ r‬ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺴﺠﻼ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮ ﺷﻜﺎ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫' ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪ 8‬ﻟﻴﻞ ' ﺳﺠﻞ ﳌﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺮ ﻻﻋﺎ‪ A‬ﺿﻮﺣ '‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻳﻮ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪

،‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻗﺪ ﲢﻮﻟﺖ ‪ 45‬ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ
ﺧﺮ‪( ،0‬ﻛﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ -‬ﻧﺸﺄ ֲדﺬ* ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪( .‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈ ﻫﺬ* ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻ ﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﺖ ﻣﻼﻳﲔ ﻟﺴﻨﲔ‪.‬‬
‫(‪ J5‬ﻛﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻻﻓﺘﺮ‪ I‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻀﺮ( (ﺟﻮ‪ E‬ﻋﺪ‪ E‬ﻛﺒ‪ D‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ -‬ﳌﺮﺣﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟ‪ T‬ﻋﺎﺷﺖ ‪ R‬ﻓﺘﺮ‪ Q‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮ‪ N‬ﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﳌﺜﺎ‪ N‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ (ﺟﻮ‪ E‬ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻧﺼﻔﻪ ‪M‬ﻜﺔ (ﻧﺼﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺤﻔﺎ‪X Q‬ﻤﻞ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻟﺴﻠﺤﻔﺎ‪ Q‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 45‬ﺻﻔﺎ ﻷ‪M‬ﺎ‪ Y‬ﻟ‪X T‬ﻤﻠﻬﺎ
ﺻﻼً‪ (
.‬ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﻃ‪( D‬ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﻵﺧﺮ _(ﺣﻒ‪ 
،‬ﲢﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻟﻄﻴﻮ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 45‬ﺻﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺰ(ﺣﻒ ﻟ‪ T‬ﲢﻤﻠﻬﺎ
ﺻﻼً‪( .‬ﲟﺎ
‪e‬ﺎ ‪ R‬ﻟﻄﻮ ﳌﺮﺣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ‪ Q‬ﻏ‪ D‬ﻣﺆﻫﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫(ﻣﻌﺎﻗﺔ؛ (ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ* ﻷﺷﻜﺎ‪ N‬ﳋﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪5‬ﺳﻢ "ﻷﺷﻜﺎ‪ N‬ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﺔ"‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ Y‬ﺣﻴﻮﻧﺎ ﻛﺘﻠﻚ ﺣﻘ‪ ،m‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ
ﻳﻜﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ Y‬ﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﺑﻞ ﻟﺒﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫(ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻮ‪( .-‬ﻷﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪J‬ﻟﻚ ‪q‬ﺐ
ﲢﻤﻞ ﺳﺠﻼ ﳌﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻫﺬ* ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪o‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪(E N‬ﻳﻦ ‪ R‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "
ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ‪:"-‬‬
‫"‪ J5‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳ‪ T‬ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ (ﺟﻮ‪ E‬ﻋﺪ‪ tE‬ﻛﺒ‪ tD‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ -‬ﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟ‪T‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ (ﺣﺪ‪،Q‬‬
‫(ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺟﻮ‪ E‬ﺳﺘﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﺴﺠﻼ‬
‫ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻴﺔ"‪10 .‬‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ 
ﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﺒﺪ‬
‫ﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺤﺎ(ﻻ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻴﻦﻟﺠﺎ‪QE‬ﻓﻲ‪5‬ﻳﺠﺎ‪E‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﺗﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ (ﺟﻮ‪ E‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ‬

‫‪72‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺤﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺠﺪ
 ﻳﺎً ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎ‪ 0‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺘﺸﻔﺖ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻔﺮﻳﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺠﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺪ ?
ﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ‪ +‬ﻟﺤﻴﺎ< ﻓﺠﺄ<
ﺑﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺎ‪ 9‬ﻻ
ﺟﻮ‪ 8‬ﻷ‪5‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮ ﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ?‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰ‪8 5‬ﻳﺮﻳﻚ ‪I‬ﻏﺮ ‪ Derek Ager‬ﺑﻬﺬ‪ D‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎ‪:P‬‬
‫ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻘﺼﻲ ﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺳﻮ  ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ R‬ﻷﻧﻮ ‪Q‬‬
‫
ﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﺮ< ﺗﻠﻮ ﻟﻤﺮ<‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻧﺠﺪ ﺗﻄﻮ? ﺗﺪ?ﻳﺠﻲ 
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪
،‬ﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮ? ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎ‪ X‬ﺧﺮ‪11.R‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ  ﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻹﺣﺎﺛﻲ ﻳﺒﺮﻫﻦ  ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷ?\‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‪ 5 
8
،‬ﻃﻮ? ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻲ‪
،‬ﻫﺬ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻹ‪8‬ﻋﺎ ﻟﺪ ?
ﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً
ﺛﺒﺎ‪ +‬ﻗﻮ‪ 5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺸﻮ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ?\ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ
‪ 
8‬ﺗﻄﻮ? ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪ ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﺬ‪ D‬ﻷﻧﻮ ‪ Q‬ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺧﻠﻘﺎً‪
.‬ﻳﻘﺮ ﻫﺬ‪ D‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ?‪
8 5‬ﻏﻼﺋﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﺗﻮﻳﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﺨﻠﻖ
ﻟﺘﻄﻮ?‪
،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ‪ +‬ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻣﺎ  ﺗﻜﻮ‬
‫ ﻷﻧﻮ ‪ Q‬ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ?\ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪
 ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮ‪ f .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﺬ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮ?‪ +‬ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮ ‪
Q‬ﺟﺪ‪ +‬ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ P‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪+‬‬
‫ ﻟﺘﺤﻮ‪ .P‬ﻣﺎ ‪ f‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ +‬ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺧﻠﻘﺎً‪12.‬‬
‫
ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‪ +‬ﺗﺜﺒﺖ  ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺄ‪ +‬ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ?\‪،‬‬
‫
ﻫﺬ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ  "ﺻﻞ ﻷﻧﻮ ‪ "Q‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ‪
? 8‬ﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ
ﻟﻴﺲ ﺗﻄﻮ?‪.‬‬

‫‪73‬‬
 ‫ﻗﺼﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ $‬ﻳﺤﺎ" ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻟﻜﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺋﻤﺎً ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ .1‬ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﻮ‪ 1 1‬ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ 1‬ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﺎ( ﻟﻘﺮ&‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻼ" ﻫﺬ( ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺰﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻔﺘﺮ> ﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪ 5-4‬ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮ‪" J‬ﺷﻜﺎ" ﺗﺤﻮﻟﻴﺔ" ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ 1‬ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬ( ﻟﺼﻮ& ﻟﺨﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺤﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﻫﺬ( ﻷﺷﻜﺎ" ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﺌﺎ‪:J‬‬
‫‪-1‬ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪S‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻫﺎﺑﻴﻠﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻳﻜﺘﻮ‪S‬‬
‫‪-4‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﺲ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺠﺪ ﻷ" ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎ‪ " 1‬ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪ "S‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﻗﺮ ﺟﻨﻮ‪Y‬‬
‫_ﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ"‪.‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ 1‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮ` ﻟﻴﺲ _ﻻ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻘﺮﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﺘﺖ ﻷﺑﺤﺎ‪ d‬ﻟﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻮ ﺳﻮﻟﻲ ‪a‬ﻛﺮﻣﺎ‪ 1‬ﻟﺒﺮﻓﺴﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺎﻟﺰ ﻛﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ _ﻧﻜﻠﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎ‪ J‬ﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪ&‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‪ J‬ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪S‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻫﺬ( ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‪ J‬ﺗﻌﻮ _ﻟﻰ ﻧﻮ ﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﺮ& ﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻘﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ $‬ﺷﺒﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪13.1‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﻨﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ‪ 1‬ﻫﻲ "ﻫﻮﻣﻮ" ﺗﻌﻨﻲ "ﻹﻧﺴﺎ‪ "1‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪ 1‬ﺳﻼﻟﺔ ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮ ﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻄﻮً ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪ .S‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ‪1‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺔ ﻣﺜﻴﺮ& ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﻬﺪ& ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‪ J‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ( ﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ‪ J‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪_ .‬ﻻ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺨﻄﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺟﻮ ‪ $‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬ( ﻟﻔﺌﺎ‪ J‬ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮ"‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ _ﻳﺮﻧﺴﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪ J‬ﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻷﺣﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻞ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ&  ﺻﻞ ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮ ﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﺲ ﺣﺠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪74‬‬
 ‫ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ ﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪14".‬‬

‫'ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ‪ 3‬ﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ 'ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ* ﻓﺈ* ﻟﻔﺌﺎ ﻷﺑﻊ‪' :‬ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻫﺎﺑﻴﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻳﻜﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﻴﺲ ﻧﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪8 .‬ﻻ *‬
‫ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ ﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪ G‬ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺘﺖ *‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ J‬ﻟﻔﺌﺎ ﻷﺑﻌﺄ'ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻫﺎﺑﻴﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻳﻜﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺷﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻘﺎ‪ O‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ 'ﻓﻲ ‪L‬ﻣﻦ 'ﺣﺪ‪15.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼ' ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ* ﻷﺟﺰ‪ G‬ﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﻨﻔﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺌﺔ "ﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﻳﻜﺘﻮ" ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ 'ﻗﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺪً‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻨﻴﺎﻧﺪﺗﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ 'ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮﺳﺎﺑﻴﻨﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻳﺸﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪L‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫'ﺣﺪ 'ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ 'ﺣﺪ‪16.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎ‪ W‬ﻳﺪﺣﺾ ﻻ‪V‬ﻋﺎ‪ G‬ﺑﺄ* ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ * ﻳﻜﻮ* ﺟﺪً ﻟﻶﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻔﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ G‬ﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺳﺘﻴﻔﻦ ﺟﺎ\ ﻏﻮﻟﺪ ‪ Stephen Jay Gould‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻫﺎﻓﺎ‪V‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺪ'‪ V‬ﻟﺘﻲ 'ﺻﻠﺖ ‪8‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﻄﻮ\‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪ b‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮ* ﻣﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﻜﺮﺗﻨﺎ ‪ b8‬ﻛﺎ* ﻫﻨﺎ` ﺗﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺸﻲ ﻟﺜﻼ_ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺎ ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮ‬
‫)ﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ 'ﻷ'ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ ﻟﻘﻮ\ 'ﻟﻬﻮﻣﻮ ﻫﺎﺑﻴﻠﻴﺲ( 'ﺛﺒﺖ * ﺣﺪً ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻵﺧﺮ؟ ﺿﻒ ‪8‬ﻟﻰ * ﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ G‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ \ ﺗﺤﻮ‪ 3‬ﺗﻄﻮ\ ﺧﻼ‪ 3‬ﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻷ‪17.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎ‪ * ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻳﻮ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ\ ﻟﺬ\ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ 'ﺟﻮ‪ V‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮ‪ s‬ﻧﺼﻔﻪ‬
‫‪8‬ﻧﺴﺎ* 'ﻧﺼﻔﻪ ﻗﺮ‪' V‬ﻟﺬ\ ﻗﺎ‪ w‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ w‬ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﻮ ﻟﺨﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﺪﻋﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ‪8‬ﻻ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻻ ﺳﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫'ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮ* ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺳﻮﻟﻲ ‪'L‬ﻛﺮﻣﺎ*‪ ،‬ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎً‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺎً‪8 ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﻋﺘﺮ‪ W‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﺛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﺖ ﻋﺪ ﺳﻨﻮ 'ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺎ'ﻟﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎ~ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ 'ﺳﺘﺮﻟﻮﺑﻴﺜﻴﻜﻮ ﻟﻤﺪ ‪ 15‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻔﺮ‪O‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
 ‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ *ﻛﺮﻣﺎ( ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻃﻴﻒ &ﺳﻤﺎ‪" #‬ﻃﻴﻒ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ" ﻳﺘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﻴﻒ *ﻛﺮﻣﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ(‬
‫&ﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ "ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ" – &? ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ‪ -‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪8‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎ‪ ،8‬ﺗﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﺒﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺪﺟﺔ ﻷﺧﻴﺮ‪ C‬ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ "ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ" ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ "ﻹ‪ I‬ﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﻔﺮ‪ – "G‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﺘﻴﻠﻴﺒﺎﺛﻲ )ﻟﺘﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ( – ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ "ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ?"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮ‪ V‬ﻟﻨﺎ *ﻛﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺬ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ ً]Z‬ﻧﺘﺤﻮ\ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺎً ‪Z‬ﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ 8‬ﻻﻓﺘﺮﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻹ‪ I‬ﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﻔﺮ‪ & ،G‬ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ 8‬ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﻮ?‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮ( ﻟﺘﻄﻮ?‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪً ﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻣﻮ ﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺖ ﺣﺪ‪18.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺤﺪ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ? ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ‪Z‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ e‬ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺘﺤﻴﺰ‪ C‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺎﺛﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺨﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺷﺨﺎ‪ g‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻘﻮ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ #‬ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫&ﻋﻤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Z‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪Z #‬ﻟﻰ ﻵ( ﻣﻦ &ﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ &( ﻧﻮﺟﺰ ـ ‪ (Z‬ﺷﺌﺘﻢ‬
‫ـ ﺑﻤﺜﺎ\ ﺿﺢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎ\ &( ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮ‪ ، #‬ﻛﻴﻒ &( ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻴﻦ &ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪ‪ C‬ﺧﺮﻓﺎ‪ 8‬ﻓﺎﺳﺪ‪. C‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻋﻢ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ &( ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ C‬ﺗﺸﻜﻠﺖ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺻﺪﻓﺔ؛ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎً ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺰﻋﻢ ﻓﺈ(‬
‫ﻟﺬ ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪ C‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﺷﻜﻠﺖ &ﻻً ﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺟﺎ‪ 8‬ﻟﺬ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬

‫‪76‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ #‬ﺑﺄﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﻔﻜﺮ ﻵ‪ :‬ﻧﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮ ﻟﻔﺴﻔﻮ‪ 2‬ﻷ‪ 1‬ﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﺳﻴﻮ‪ -‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻤﻔﺮ‪ +‬ﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺮ ﻛﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﺬ‪ 2‬ﻫﺬ> ﺑﺄ= ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪ #‬ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﺎ ﺣ ًﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﺠﺮ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺼﺪ‪ G +‬ﻣﺎ ﺷﺌﺘﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺘﻨﺎ‪C‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎ‪ ،N‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪2‬ﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮ "ﻟﻤﻌﺎ‪+‬ﻟﺔ ﻟﺪ‪2‬ﻳﻨﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻟﺰﻋﻢ ﻟﺬ=‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺤﻮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻷﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ‪#‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮ ‪ #‬ﻳﺠﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪2‬ﻳﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﺮ‪ P‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻔﺴﻔﻮ‪ 2‬ﻷ‪ 1‬ﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮ‬
‫ﻷﻛﺴﺠﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﺎﻏﻨﺴﻴﻮ‪ -‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪+‬ﺧﻞ ‪#‬ﻋﺪ‪ +‬ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻀﻴﻔﻮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ> ﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮ ‪#‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺮ‪ =2‬ﺟﻮ‪+ >+‬ﺧﻞ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮ‪ +‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ U‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻔﻌﻤﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺑﻘﺪ‪ 2‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎ‪ Z‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺣﻤﺎ‪ Y‬ﻷﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻴﻦ )ﺣﺘﻤﺎ‪ C‬ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺪ‪P‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺪ‪ P‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺼﺎ‪+‬ﻓﻴﺎً ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ 10‬ﻗﻮ‪ .( 950 P‬ﻟﻴﻤ ّﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮ‪ P2‬ﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺨﻔﻘﻮ> ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎ‪ Z‬ﻣﻦ ﻷﺟﻬﺰ‪ P‬ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،P2‬ﻟﻴﻘﻴّﻀﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ e#2‬ﻫﺬ> ﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﻮ‪ P‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪ N‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻫﺆﻻ‪ N‬ﻟﺨﺒﺮ‪ N‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﻫﺬ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،2‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﻠﻴﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ‪ f‬ﻣﻦ ﻷ‪ f‬ﻟﻰ ﻻﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﻞ ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ #‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺮ‪ P2‬ﺟﻮ‪>+‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻟﻈﺮ‪ U‬ﻣﻦ ‪#‬ﺟﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﺤﻲ‪ .‬ﻧّﻬﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﻘﺪ‪2‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ #‬ﻳُﺨﺮﺟﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺣﻴّﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ ‪ #‬ﻳﺄﺗﻮ ﺑﻮﺣﺪ‪ P‬ﻣﻦ ﻟ ّﺰ‪2‬ﻓﺎ ‪#‬‬
‫ﻷﺳﻮ‪ # +‬ﻟﻨﺤﻞ ‪ #‬ﻋﺼﺎﻓﻴﺮ ﻟﻜﻨﺎ‪2‬ﻳﺎ ‪ #‬ﻟﺒﻼﺑﻞ ‪ #‬ﻟﺒﺒﻐﺎ ‪ #‬ﻟﺨﻴﻞ ‪ #‬ﺣﻴﺘﺎ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫‪ #‬ﻟﻮ‪1 # +2‬ﻫﻮ‪ 2‬ﻷ‪2‬ﻛﻴﺪ ‪ #‬ﻟﺰﻧﺎﺑﻖ ‪1 #‬ﻫﻮ‪ 2‬ﻟﻘﺮﻧﻔﻞ ‪ #‬ﻟﻤﻮ‪ # 1‬ﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎ‪ # C‬ﻟﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫‪ #‬ﻟﻄﻤﺎﻃﻢ ‪ #‬ﻟﺸﻤﺎ‪ # -‬ﻟﺒﻄﻴﺦ ‪ #‬ﻟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ #‬ﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮ ‪ #‬ﻟﻌﻨﺐ ‪ #‬ﻟﺨﻮ‪ # n‬ﻟﻄﻮﻳﺲ‬
‫‪ #‬ﻃﻴﻮ‪ 2‬ﻟ ﱡﺪ‪ # r2‬ﻟﻔﺮﺷﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻷﻟﻮ ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻮ‪ q‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺆﻻ‪.N‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻬﻢ ‪ #‬ﻳﺄﺗﻮ ﻟﻮ ﺑﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬ> ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ‪#‬ﺣﺼﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﺪ‪ ً+‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
 ‫ﻻ ﺑﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﻐﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ  ﻟﺬ(' ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻬﺎ  ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮ( ﺟﺪﻳ ًﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﻘﺴﻢ ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺼﻔﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﻗﺮ('‬
‫ﺣﻴﺔ‪A ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ  ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ً‬
‫ﺧﺮ‪ E‬ﺗﺒﺎ ًﻋﺎ ﻓﺘﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻜﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ C‬ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺘﺮﻋﻮ ﻟﻤﺠﻬﺮ ﻹﻟﻴﻜﺘﺮ‪A‬ﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻗﺒﻮ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ‪N‬ﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻤﺠﻬﺮ‪ ّ L .‬ﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺪ‪ J‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ ﷲ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ‪A‬ﺟﻞ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ( ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺰﻋﻢ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺳﻔﺴﻄﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻓﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫‪A‬ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ‪L LA .‬ﻋﻤﺎ‪ S‬ﻟﻔﻜﺮ ‪A‬ﻟﻮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺰﻋﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ(ﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺠﻼ‪C‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ T‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ VN‬ﻟﻮ(‪ U‬ﻋﻼ‪.T‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻷ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ\ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﺬ‪ Z‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ(  ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎ‪ ،XY‬ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺟﻮ‪ U‬ﻹ‪ `(U‬ﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ U‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ‪A‬ﻷ‪.N‬‬
‫‪A‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻮ‪L V‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ\ ﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ‪  U‬ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﺑﺈﻳﺠﺎ‪ Y‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﺆ‪ S‬ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺒﺼﺮ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ؟‬
‫‪ L‬ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪A ،‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪X‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ U‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ T‬ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ‪L‬ﻟﻰ ‪L‬ﺷﺎ(' ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻞ ‪L‬ﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ( ﻣﻮﺟﻮ‪ U‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰ‪ C‬ﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺦ‪A .‬ﻫﺬ‪ T‬ﻹﺷﺎ(' ﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎ' ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻛﺼﻮ( ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺦ‪A .‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ T‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻠﻨﻔﻜﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪U‬ﻣﺴﺎ‪A ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﻟﻠﻀﻮ‪C‬‬
‫‪ L‬ﻟﻤﺦ ﻣﺤﺠﻮ‪ J‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻀﻮ‪ ،C‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ  ‪U‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻇﻼ ًﻣﺎ ً‬
‫ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ ‪L‬ﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻤﺦ‪A .‬ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﺬ‪ Z‬ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ( ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻀﻮ‪ C‬ﺑﺒﺎﻟﻐﻪ ﺻﻼ‪A ،‬ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻈﻠﻢ ﺑﺪ(ﺟﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻧﺼﺎ‪U‬ﻓﻬﺎ ﻗﻂ‪L .‬ﻻ ﻧﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪T‬‬
‫ﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﻜﺔ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪ A‬ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻫﺠﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪78‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ ﻟﺠﻮ ﺗﻌﺠﺰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺮ ﻟﺤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ً‬
‫ﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ـ ﻏﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ 5‬ـ ‪ 3‬ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺜﻼ ‪+‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ) ﻟﺬ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ‪3‬ﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﻵ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮ ‪+‬ﻟﻰ ‪3‬ﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﻟﻜﺘﺎ)‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻓﻌﻮ ‪3‬ﺳﻜﻢ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ ﻟﺠﻮ ﻓﻲ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ‪H‬ﺧﺮ؟ ‪ +‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪3‬ﻛﺜﺮ ‪3‬ﺟﻬﺰ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻟﻜﻢ‪33 .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ً‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪3‬ﺟﻬﺰ ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ N‬ﻷﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ L‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ً N‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻜﻢ ﺻﻮ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎ‪H T‬ﻻ‪ S‬ﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﻌﻮ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮ‪Q‬‬
‫‪+‬ﻟﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗُﺸﻴﱠﺪ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎ‪ 5‬ﻟﻌﻤﻼﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺠﺮ‪ L‬ﻷﺑﺤﺎ‪ ،V‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﺨﻄﻂ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎ‪ .5‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪+‬ﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ ،N‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ]ﺗﻬﺎ ‪+‬ﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎ) ﻟﺬ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪3‬ﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮ‪ S‬ﺗﺮ ‪ 3‬ﻫﻨﺎ` ﻓﺮﻗﺎً ﺷﺎﺳﻌﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ ﻟﺠﻮ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻼ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ N‬ﺗﺒﺪ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺻﻮ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻷﺑﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ‪3‬ﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻷﺑﻌﺎ ]‪ 5‬ﻋﻤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﻮ‪ 5‬ﻃﻮ‪ Q‬ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ 5‬ﻵﻻ‪ S‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺎ‪ 5‬ﺟﻬﺎ‪N‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺎ‪ N‬ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺻﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻷﺑﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺻﻮ‪+ Q‬ﻟﻰ ﺟﻮ ‪e‬ﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻘﺪ ‪3‬ﻣﻜﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﻈﺎ‪ T‬ﺗﻠﻔﺎ‪ N‬ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻷﺑﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ‪3‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻹﻣﻜﺎ ‪e‬ﻳﺘﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﻷﺑﻌﺎ  ﺗﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ‪ 3‬ﻫﺬ‪ g‬ﻷﺑﻌﺎ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻋﻜﺮ‪3 ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺒﺪ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪ .h‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ‪3‬ﺑﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻮ ﻧﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺬ ﺗﺮ‪ g‬ﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ V‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ‪ 3‬ﺗﻀﻴﻊ ﻟﺼﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪.N‬‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻮ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮ ‪H 3‬ﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﺬ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻮ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪+ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻠﺖ ﺑﻤﺤﺾ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻓﺔ ‪ .‬ﻵ ‪ ]+‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎ‪3 Q‬ﺣﺪ ﻟﻜﻢ ‪+‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎ‪ N‬ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﺮﺗﻜﻢ‪+ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﻓﺎ‪ 3 ،5‬ﻟﺬ‪ 5‬ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺎ‪ 5‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎ‪ N‬ﻟﺬ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ g‬ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ] ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ؟! ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﺬ‪ 5‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄ‪ 5‬ﻵﻻ‪ S‬ﻷﺷﺨﺎ‪ m‬ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﻴﻦ ‪ 3‬ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻮ‪ g‬؟!‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﻮ ‪3‬ﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺗﺮ‪ g‬ﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ‪3‬ﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ّ +‬ﻵﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ً‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﺬ ﺗﺮ‪ g‬ﺑﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻼ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻣﺼﺎﻓﺔ‪،‬‬

‫‪79‬‬
‫"ﻟﺤﺎ! ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷ ﻟﺨﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻷﺻﻮ ﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻮﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮ ﻷ‪" ،‬ﺗﻘﻮ‪ +‬ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ‪/‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ ﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻘﻮ‪ +‬ﻫﻲ ﻷﺧﺮ& ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ "ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ‪/‬ﻟﻰ ﻷ ﻟﺪﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻘﻮ‪ +‬ﺑﺪ"ﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻫﺬ‪ 5‬ﻟﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎ ‪/‬ﻟﻰ ‪/‬ﺷﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪/" ،‬ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ‪/‬ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺦ‪" .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻤﻊ ‪A‬ﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺸﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ C‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺦ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﺬ‪ H‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺮ‪ H‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻷ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺦ ﻣﺤﺠﻮ‪ F‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻟﺼﻮ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺠﻮ‪ F‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻀﻮ‪ ،Q‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺬ‪" ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪ‪ W‬ﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ ﺧﺎ‪ U‬ﻟﻤﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ‪C‬ﺧﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﻤﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﺴﻜﻮ‪" .‬ﻏﻢ ﻫﺬ ﻓﺈ ‪A‬ﻧﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻷﺻﻮ ﺗُﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺦ‪" .‬ﻟﻮ ‪A‬ﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮ ﺳﻴﻤﻔﻮﻧﻴﺎ ‪"A‬ﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﻜﻢ ﻟﺬ‪ H‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔِﺬ ‪/‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ" ﺑﻜﻞ ﺻﺨﺐ ‪A‬ﺣﺪ ﻷ"ﺳﺎ] ﻟﻤﺰ‪C‬ﺣﻤﺔ‪ /" .‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ& ﻟﺼﻮ ﻟﺬ‪ H‬ﺑﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪ +‬ﺟﻬﺎ‪ c‬ﺣﺴﺎ‪ b‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻀﺢ‬
‫‪A‬ﻧﻪ ﻳُﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻜﻮ ﻟﺘﺎ‪.+‬‬
‫"ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪A‬ﻣﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﺼﻮ! ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮ‪ W‬ﻧﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺼﻮ‪" .‬ﺗُﻌﺪ ‪A‬ﺟﻬﺰ‪ W‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻮ "‪A‬ﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺖ "ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﺟﻬﺰ‪ W‬ﻹﻟﻴﻜﺘﺮ"ﻧﻴﺔ‪" ،‬ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺛﻤﺎ ﻫﺬ‪ 5‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﻲ‪" .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎ‪h" ،‬ﻻ‪g‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﻦ "ﻟﺨﺒﺮ‪ Q‬ﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄ ﻟﻮﺻﻮ! ‪/‬ﻟﻰ ﺻﻮ ﺑﻨﻘﺎ‪" Q‬ﺟﻮ‪ WC‬ﻟﺼﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺬ‪ H‬ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻄﻪ ﻷ‪" .‬ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻮ ‪A‬ﺟﻮ‪A C‬ﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻛﺒﺮ& ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻳﻀﻴﻊ ﺷﻄﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ "A ،‬ﻳﺤﺪ‪ l‬ﺗﺸﻮ‪ k‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ "ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪A "A ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻣﻮ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻓﺈﻧﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ‪ A‬ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮ ﻟﻪ ً‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ A‬ﺗﺒﺪ‪ A‬ﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ‪ A‬ﻷﺻﻮ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎ‪ U‬ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪ WC‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ ‪C‬ﺟﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﺎ‪" ،Q‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪" .‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ‪/ A‬ﻧﺴﺎ ‪A‬ﺑ ًﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ‪ "A‬ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪A" .‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﺼﻮ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ "ﻧﻘﻲ‪" .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻻ ﻳﺰ! ﻋﻠﻰ  ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ُ A‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ "‪/‬ﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ‬

‫‪80‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪) .‬ﻟﻰ ﻵ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺛﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﺮ  ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺑﻨﻲ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﻟﺼﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻮ‪ 9‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺴﺎ‪ 4‬ﻧﺎﺟﺢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻷ‪. ,‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺛﻤﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ ﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﻮ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﻹﺑﺼﺎ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ؟‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬ ﺑﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﺴﻴﻤﻔﻮﻧﻴﺎ‪ 9‬ﻗﺰﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺼﺎﻓﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻨﺴﻢ ﻋﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻮ‪L‬؟ ) ﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎ‪ 9‬ﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﻹﻧﺴﺎ ‪,‬ﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻀﻲ )ﻟﻰ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮ )ﺷﺎ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪) .‬ﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻄﺎﻟﻌﻮ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼ‪ 9‬ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻷﺣﻴﺎ‪ U‬ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎ‪ U‬ﻟﺤﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﻧﻜﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ  ﺗﺼﺎ‪L‬ﻓﻮ ﻓﻲ  ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻂ ﻫﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻨﻄﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮ‪ X‬ﻻ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ,‬ﻟﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺦ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻫﺬ‪V‬‬
‫ﻷﺷﺎ‪ 9‬ﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻛﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮ ﺻﻮ‪ 9‬ﺋﺤﺔ )ﺣﺴﺎ‪ ) .4‬ﺛﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﻫﺬ ﻛﻠﻪ ‪ L‬ﺣﺎﺟﺔ )ﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﻦ  ‪  ,‬ﻧﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﻮ‪ L‬ﻫﺬ‪V‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻮ‪ L‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺎ] ﻃﺒﻘﺎ‪L 9‬ﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻋﺼﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬ ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﻘﺪ ﻟﻤﺎ‪L‬ﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻈﻨﻮ  ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ U‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺳﻮ‪ a‬ﻣﺎ‪  ،L‬ﻳﺠﻴﺒﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ‪ V‬ﻟﺘﺴﺎ_ﻻ‪ ،9‬ﻷ ﻫﺬ‪ V‬ﻟﺤﺎﺳﺔ )ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺮ^ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎ‪) b‬ﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮ‪ a‬ﻟﺼﻮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻮ‪ .9‬ﻋﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ )ﻟﻰ ﻣﺦ ﻛﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﻜﺮ‪ ) .‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮ‪c‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻫﺬ‪ V‬ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ  ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﻟﺬ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﻤﻜﺎ ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ 9‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺼﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ‪L‬ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺦ ﻳﻘ ﱠﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ّ 9‬‬
‫ﻷﺑﻌﺎ‪ 9, L‬ﻟﻮ ﻇﻼ‪ j‬ﺿﻴﺎ‪ ،U‬ﻳﺨﺸﺎ‪ V‬ﻳﻠﻮ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪81‬‬
 ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ %‬ﻟﻰ ﻵ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ  ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻻ ﻋﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺎ; ﺑﻮﺿﻮ‪ 9‬ﻣﻊ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎ‪ 4‬ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻢ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ـ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻴﺎ‪ E‬ـ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻷﻳﺔ ‪B‬ﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﻮ ﻗﻂ ﻃﺮﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ = ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻄﻮ=‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﻟﺤﻔﺮﻳﺎ‪  4‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ 4‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﻤﺮﺣﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ‪ %‬ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺤﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻜﺮ‪ E‬ﻣﺠﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻓﻜﺎ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻇﻬﺮ‪ 4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪ ﻟﺘﺎﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻜﺮ‪  E‬ﻷ; ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ ً‬
‫ﻟﻜﻮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ُﺣﺬﻓﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺪ‪ E‬ﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ  ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻳُﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬ‪ %‬ﻷﺟﻨﺪ‪ ،E‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ\ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻹﻇﻬﺎ = ﻧﺘﻘﺎ‪ Y‬ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺠﻮ‪ b‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ! ﻟ َِﻢ ﻫﺬ _؟!‬
‫ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻜﻮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪ‪ E‬ﺟﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﻜﻮ‪c‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺳﺎ‪ .g‬ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻫﺬ‪ %‬ﻷﺳﺎ‪ g‬ﺧﻼﺻﺎً ﻋﻤﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﺎ‪ =Y‬ﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﺬ= ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻹﺗﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮ ﺻﺮﺣﺔ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﺮ‪ z‬ﻳﺘﺸﺎ‪ Y‬ﻟﻮﻧﺘﻴﻦ )‪(Richard Lewontin‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻟﻮﺛﺔ ﻟﺸﻬﻴﺮ ﺑﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻫﺎﻓﺮ‪ Y‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ _ﺗﻪ ﺗﻄﻮ= ﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ـ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ "ﻣﺎ‪=Y‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎ‪ b‬ﻷ}‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎ‪ b‬ﻟﺬ= ﻳﻠﻴﻪ"‪ _ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮ}‪:‬‬
‫" ﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺒﺎﻗﻲ )ﻋﺘُﻨﻖ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﺿﺖ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ(‪ .‬ﻟﺸﻲ~‬
‫ﻟﺬ= ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﻟﻰ ﻹﺗﻴﺎ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ‪ =Y‬ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺻﻮ} ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﻮﻋﺪ‪ ،%‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ _ﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ـ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﺻﻨﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ ـ ﻧﺨﺘﻠﻖ ﺻﻮ} ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺜﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ‪ =Y‬ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﻰ ﻛﻮ ﻟﻤﺎ‪Y‬ﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ  ﻧﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺪﺧﻮ} ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﻲ ﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ"‪19.‬‬
‫ﺗُﻌﺪ ﻫﺬ‪ %‬ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪ 4‬ﻋﺘﺮﻓﺎ‪ 4‬ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺑﺄ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﻟﻮ‪ Y‬ﻳﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻹﺧﻼ‪c‬‬

‫‪82‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮ ﻳﻔﺘﺮ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮ ﻗﻂ ﺳﻮ ﻟﻤﺎ
‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ $ $‬ﻟﻤﺎ
ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ
ﻋﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﻋﻲ &ﻧﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﺤﻴﺎ
‪ .‬ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮ‪& $‬ﻟﻰ ‪ $‬ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻷﻧﻮ@ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻄﻴﻮ‪ 1‬ﻷﺳﻤﺎ; ﻟﺰ‪1‬ﻓﺎ‪ 5‬ﻟﻨﻤﻮ‪ 1‬ﻟﺤﺸﺮ‪ 5‬ﻷﺷﺠﺎ‪1‬‬
‫ ﻷ‪G‬ﻫﺎ‪ 1‬ﺣﻴﺘﺎ‪ $‬ﻟﺒﺎ‪ E‬ﻟﺒﺸﺮ &ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ
ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼ‪ 5‬ﻟﺤﺎﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻞ ﻟﻤﺎ
‪O‬ﺗﻬﺎ؛ ‪ M‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻄﺮ ﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺮ‪ K‬ﻟﺨﺎﻃﻒ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺈ‪ $‬ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻓﻰ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﻮ‪ .Q‬ﺑﻴﺪ ‪ $‬ﻟﺪ‪ 1‬ﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮﺋﻮ‪ $‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ‬
‫ﻟﺮ‪ M‬ﺑُﻐﻴﺔ "ﻋﺪ‪ V‬ﺧﻮ‪ E‬ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ &ﻟﻬﻲ &ﻟﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ‪& $‬ﻟﻰ ﺻﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ 5‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪O‬ﻫﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ‪ M‬ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮ‪Y‬‬
‫ﻳﺪ‪1‬ﻛﻮ‪ $‬ﻫﺬ^ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺠﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ 5‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ &ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ‪ MO‬ﻗﻮ
‬
‫ ﻧﻈﻤﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻮﺑﻪ‬‫ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﺠﺰ‪& .‬ﻧﻪ ﷲ ﻟﺬ‪ M‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻜﻮ‪ $‬ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﺪ‪ّ ،V‬‬
‫ ﺻﻮ‪1‬ﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺋﺒﺔ  ﻗﺼﻮ‪ ،1‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ 5‬ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ّ‬

‫ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺪ‬

‫ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ‪ $‬ﻧﻮﺿﺢ ‪ $‬ﻳﻤﺎ &ﻧﺴﺎ‪ $‬ﻳُﻌﻤِﻞ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ  ‪ $‬ﺣﻜﺎ‪ V‬ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ  ‪$‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻗﻮ@ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ‪ M‬ﻳﺪﻳﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪ‪ ;1‬ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﺮ ‪ $‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ 1‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺮﻓﺎ‪ 5‬ﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎ‪ 5‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺷﺖ ﺑﻤﻨﺄ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﺤﻀﺎ‪ ،
1‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﻮ ‪G‬ﻋﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪ‪ V‬ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪ $‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ‪ $‬ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ 1‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ $ $‬ﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬ
ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ‪ $‬ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮ‪ $‬ﻳﺨﺘﺮﻋﻮ‪ ،$‬ﻟﻄﻼ‪ i‬ﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎ‪ Q‬ﻣﺜﻞ &ﻳﻨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﻮﺑﻞ )‪Einstein‬‬
‫‪ ،(Hubble‬ﻟﻔﻨﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﺮﻧﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﺗﺮ )‪ (Frank Sinatra‬ﺗﺸﺎ‪1‬ﻟﺘﻮ‪ $‬ﻫﻴﺴﺘﻮ‪$‬‬
‫)‪ ،(Charlton Heston‬ﻳﻀﺎ‪& Y‬ﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻐﺰﻻ‪ $‬ﺷﺠﺎ‪ 1‬ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻮ‪G $‬ﻫﻮ‪1‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮﻧﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮ‪ Y‬ﻳﺨﺮﺟﻮ‪ $‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮ ‪ 1‬ﻟﺰﻣﺎ‪ $‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺬ‪ 51‬ﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺎ‪5‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
‫ ﻟﺨ َﺮ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ ﻟﻤﻮ & ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻸ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﻼ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ  ﻣﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻬﺬ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ< ﺳﺎﺗﺬ; ﻧﺎ‪ 9‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪ‪ 3‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ  ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺈ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ ) ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎ‪3‬ﻳﺦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ" ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ @ﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ 3‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮ ﺳﺘﺨﺪ ًﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫"ﺷﺪ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻪ‪@ O@ .‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎ‪3‬ﻳﺦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﺘﻘﺎ&  ‪L‬ﻋﻢ ‪K‬ﺧﺮ ﺳﻠﺐ ﻋﻘﻮ‪ I‬ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬ‪F‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺎ‪ 3‬ﻣﺎ) ﻋﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ ﻟﺪ‪3‬ﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ  ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺪ‪ً I‬‬
‫ﺣﺎ‪  & I‬ﻳﺮ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ  ﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺠﻼ<‪ ّ @ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﺪ) ﺑﺼﻴﺮ;‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺒﺎ&; ﺑﻌﺾ ﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻹﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻮﻃﻢ ﻋﺒﺎ&; ﻫﻞ ﺳﺒﺄ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ ﻋﺒﺎ&; ﻗﻮ) @ﺑﺮ ﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ) ﻟﻸﺛﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﻮ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎ&;‬
‫ﻗﻮ) ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ) ﻟﻠﻌﺠﻞ ﻟﺬ‪ b‬ﺻﻨﻌﻮ‪ F‬ﻣﻦ ‪O‬ﻫﺐ‪ .‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ @ﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺣﻤﺎﻗﺔ ﺷﺎ‪@ 3‬ﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻘﺮ‪ K‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﺌﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪K‬ﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ 9‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻐﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺮ& @ﻟﻰ ﺣﺎ‪ I‬ﻳﻌﺠﺰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ‪f3‬ﻳﺔ‬
‫ ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺬ‪ F‬ﻵﻳﺎ‪ h‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ِﻢ ََﻧ َﺬ ْﺗَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ ْ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗُﻨ ِﺬ ْ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻻ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُ َ‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫ِﻳﻦ َﻛﻔ ُ‬
‫َﺮْ َﺳ َﻮ ٌ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬ ْ‬ ‫ِ ﻟﱠﺬ َ‬
‫﴿‪ %‬ﱠ‬
‫ِﺸﺎ َ ٌ' َﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ‬
‫ِﻢ ﻏ َ‬‫ِﻢ َ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﺑْ َﺼﺎ ِﻫ ْ‬ ‫ِﻬﻢ َ َﻋ َﻠﻰ َﺳ ْﻤ ِﻌﻬ ْ‬ ‫َﺧﺘَ َﻢ ﷲﱡ َﻋ َﻠﻰ ُﻗ ُﻠﻮﺑ ْ‬
‫ﻴﻢ﴾ ]ﻟﺒﻘﺮ'‪[7-6 :‬‬ ‫ﻋﻈ ٌ‬ ‫= ِ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺬ ٌ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﻀﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻮ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ َﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ َ ْﻋﻴُ ٌﻦ ﻻﱠ ﻳُْﺒ ِﺼ ُﺮ َ‬
‫ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ َﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ?>َ ٌ ﻻﱠ‬ ‫﴿ﻟَ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُﻗ ُﻠ ٌ‬
‫ﻮ= ﻻﱠ ﻳَ ْﻔ َﻘ ُﻬ َ‬
‫ﻮ﴾‬ ‫ِﻚ َﻛﺎ َﻷﻧْ َﻌﺎ ِ ﺑَ ْﻞ ُﻫ ْﻢ َ َﺿ ﱡﻞ ُ ْﻟَـﺌ َ‬
‫ِﻚ ُﻫ ُﻢ ﻟْ َﻐﺎ ِﻓ ُﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻮ ﺑِ َﻬﺎ ُ ْﻟَـﺌ َ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﺴ َﻤ ُﻌ َ‬
‫] ﻷﻋﺮ‪[179 :K‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮ‪ِ ;3‬‬
‫ ﻟﺤ ْﺠﺮ ﻓﻴﺨﺒﺮﻧﺎ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﺟﻞ ﺑﺄ ﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ 9‬ﻗﺪ ُﺳﺤﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ‪ 3‬ﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰ ‪ O@ ،h‬ﻳﻘﻮ‪ I‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪84‬‬
 ‫
ﻟﺴ َﻤﺎ ِ َﻓ َﻈﻠﱡﻮ
ْ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻳَ ْﻌ ُﺮ ُﺟ َ‬
‫ﻮ ﻟَﻘَﺎﻟُﻮ
ْ ِﻧﱠ َﻤﺎ‬ ‫﴿ َ(ﻟَ ْﻮ َﻓﺘَ ْﺤﻨَﺎ َﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻬِﻢ ﺑَﺎﺑﺎً ﱢﻣ َﻦ ﱠ‬
‫(﴾ ]
ﻟﺤﺠﺮ‪[15-14 :‬‬ ‫ُﺳ ﱢﻜ َﺮ ْ‪َ6 7‬ﺑْ َﺼﺎ ُ‪,‬ﻧَﺎ ﺑَ ْﻞ ﻧَ ْﺤ ُﻦ َﻗ ْﻮ ٌ‪ /‬ﱠﻣ ْﺴ ُﺤﻮ ُ‪َ ,‬‬
‫'&‪ %‬ﻣﺘﺪ‪ #‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻬﺬ ﻟﻘﺪ‪،‬‬
‫'ﺑﺘﻌﺎ‪ #‬ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻬﺬ‪ -‬ﻟﺪﺟﺔ‪' ،‬ﺑﻘﺎ‪ +‬ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ 150‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﻮ 'ﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺮ? 'ﻟﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﺑﺪﺟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ‪ %6‬ﻳﺴﺘﺴﻴﻎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨ َﺮ‪A‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ #‬ﺷﺨﺺ ‪ '6‬ﻋﺪ? ‪6‬ﺷﺨﺎ‪ G‬ﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﻳﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ 'ﻣﺰﻋﻢ ﺣﺎﻓﻠﺔ َ‬
‫'ﻟﻬﺮ‪' +‬ﻷﻣﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‪& ،‬ﻻ ‪ %6‬ﻋﺘﻘﺎ‪ #‬ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ‪6‬ﻧﺤﺎ‪ +‬ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺄ‪ %‬ﻟﺬ ﻟﻼ'ﻋﻴﺔ 'ﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪ? ﻗﺪ ﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﺑﻘﺮ ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻮ‪ %‬ﻟﺬ‪ M‬ﻧﺮ‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎ‪ S‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﻮﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪' ،‬ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎ‪' M#‬ﻧﻈﺎ‪ S‬ﻣﺘﻘﻦ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻻﺗﻘﺎ‪،%‬‬
‫'ﺑﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﻷ‪ W‬ﻟﺬ‪ M‬ﻳﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺴﻤﺎ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎ?‪' ،‬ﺑﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺰ'‪?#‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ? ﺗﻔﻮ^ ﻟﺤﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺳﻮ‪6 Z‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﺤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ‪ %6‬ﷲ ﻋﺰ 'ﺟﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﺌﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼ` ﺗﻠﻚ ﻟﺤﺎ‪#‬ﺛﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ 'ﻗﻌﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼ‪' S‬ﻓﺮﻋﻮ‪ ،%‬ﺑﺄ‪ %‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﺷﺨﺎ‪ G‬ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺤﻮ‪ %‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻹﻟﺤﺎ‪#‬ﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺛّﺮ'‪%‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻨﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺺ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼ‪ S‬ﻧﺒﺄ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ‪ ،%‬ﻃﻠﺐ ﻓﺮﻋﻮ‪& %‬ﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ %6‬ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﺑﺴﺤﺮﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻳﺤﺘﺸﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫'ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ? ‪6‬ﻣﺮﻫﻢ ‪ %6‬ﻳﺒﺎ‪ '#‬ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺮ‪ W‬ﻣﻬﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪' .‬ﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮ‪ #‬ﻫﺬ‪ -‬ﻟﺤﺎ‪#‬ﺛﺔ ﺗﻘﻮ`‪:‬‬
‫
ﺳﺘَ ْﺮ َﻫﺒُﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ َ( َﺟﺎ(
‬ ‫ﺎ> ‪َ6‬ﻟْ ُﻘ ْﻮ
ْ َﻓ َﻠ ﱠﻤﺎ ‪َ6‬ﻟْ َﻘ ْﻮ
ْ َﺳ َﺤ ُﺮ(
ْ ‪ْ َ6‬ﻋﻴُ َﻦ
ﻟﻨﱠ ِ‬
‫ﺎ= َ( ْ‬ ‫﴿ َﻗ َ‬
‫ِﺴ ْﺤ ٍﺮ َﻋ ِﻈﻴ ٍﻢ ﴾ ]
ﻷﻋﺮ
@‪[116:‬‬ ‫ﺑِ‬
‫‪' .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺪ‪ Z‬ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺤﺮ? ﻓﺮﻋﻮ‪ %‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﻮ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪ‪ %6 j‬ﻳﺴﺤﺮ' ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ‪ +‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ 'ﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪l‬ﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻪ‪& .‬ﻻ ‪ %6‬ﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎ‪ %‬ﻟﺬ‪6 M‬ﻟﻘﺎ‪ -‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﱠﻒ َﻣﺎ ﻳَْﺄﻓ ُ‬
‫ِﻜﻮ َ‪6 M6 ،"%‬ﻧّﻪ ‪6‬ﺑﻄﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ‪6‬ﻟﻘﺎ‪ -‬ﻫﺆﻻ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻮ‪ #‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ‪ %l‬ﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ "ﺗَﻠَﻘ َ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪ ،-‬ﻳﻘﻮ` ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪85‬‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫َﻒ َﻣﺎ ﻳَْﺄﻓ ُ‬
‫ِﻜ َ‬ ‫ِﻲ ﺗَ ْﻠﻘ ُ‬ ‫ﺎ َﻓﺈَِ ﻫ َ‬ ‫ﻮﺳﻰ َ ْ َﻟْ ِﻖ َﻋ َﺼ َ‬ ‫﴿ َ‪َ $ْ َ$‬ﺣ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ِﻟَﻰ ُﻣ َ‬
‫ِﻚ َ‪$‬ﻧ َﻘ َﻠﺒُﻮْ َﺻﺎ ِﻏ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ﻳﻦ﴾‬ ‫َﻓ َﻮ َﻗ َﻊ ﻟْ َﺤ ﱡﻖ َ‪$‬ﺑَ َﻄ َﻞ َﻣﺎ َﻛﺎﻧُﻮْ ﻳَ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻠ َ‬
‫ﻮ َﻓ ُﻐﻠِﺒُﻮْ ُﻫﻨَﺎﻟ َ‬
‫]ﻷﻋﺮ>‪[119-117 :‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺎ  ﻓﻲ ﻵﻳﺎ‪  ،‬ﻣﻊ   ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻫﺆﻻ ﻷﺷﺨﺎ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺳﺤﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ< ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‪ /‬ﺑﺎﻟﺬ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﻤﺰﻋﻢ ﺧﺮﻗﺎ ﻟﻰ ﻗﺼﻰ ﺟﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻏﻼ‪ C‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺬ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﻓﺎ‪ O‬ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮ‪ C‬ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﻳُﺬﻟﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬ‪K‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻋﻢ‪W ،‬ﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺠﻼ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪" ،‬ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮ` ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻮ_ ﻣﻮﺟﺮﻳﺪ^ )‪ (Malcolm Muggeridge‬ﻟﺬ‪ Z‬ﻇﻞ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺎﻫﺰ ﻟﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،K‬ﻛﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎً ﻣﻠﺤﺪً‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ  ﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﺬ‪ Z‬ﺳﺘﺘﺮ‪ q‬ﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻧﻨﻲ ﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺻﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﻌﺎ ﺑﺄ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ ﺳﺘﻜﻮ ﺣﺪ‪ q‬ﻣﻮ ﻟﻤﺰ` ﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮ‪t‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ ﻟﺘﻲ ﻃُﺒﻘﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺮ‪ t‬ﻋﺘﻨﺎ| ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻬﺮﺋﺔ ﻳﻜﺘﻨﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﻤﻮ‪ z‬ﺑﺴﺬﺟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻞ" ‪20.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ ‪W‬ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪﻛﻮ  ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻓﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻬﺎً ﺳﻮ‪ C‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻﻋﺘﺮ‪ C‬ﺑﺄ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﻋﺔ ﺷﺪ ﻧﻮ‪ O‬ﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﺦ ﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪ ﻫﺬ ﻟﺴﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻨﺤﺴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ< ﻓﻲ ﺷﺘﻰ ﻧﺤﺎ ﻷ‪ ،z‬ﺑﺎ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻗﻔﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻄﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻟﻮ ﺑﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﺣﻴﺮ‪ t‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻄﻠﺖ ﻫﺬ‪ K‬ﻟﺨﺪﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪86‬‬
‫﴿ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮ ُﺳ ْﺒ َﺤﺎﻧَ َﻚ َﻻ ِﻋ ْﻠ َﻢ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ﱠﻻ َﻣﺎ َﻋ ﱠﻠ ْﻤﺘَﻨَﺎ‬

‫ ِﻧﱠ َﻚ ‪َ#‬ﻧْ َﺖ ﻟ َﻌﻠ ُ‬

‫ِﻴـﻢ  َﳊ ِﻜ ُ‬
‫ﻴـﻢ ﴾‬
‫] ﻟﺒﻘﺮ‪[ ٣٢ :‬‬

‫‪87‬‬
 ‫ﳌﺮﺟﻊ‬
1. Sidney Fox, Klaus Dose, Molecular Evolution and The Origin of Life, New York:
Marcel Dekker, 1977. p. 2
2. Alexander I. Oparin, Origin of Life, (1936) New York, Dover Publications, 1953
(Reprint), p. 196
3. “New Evidence on Evolution of Early Atmosphere and Life”, Bulletin of the
American Meteorological Society, vol 63, November 1982, p. 1328.1330.
4. Stanley Miller, Molecular Evolution of Life: Current Status of the Prebiotic Synthesis
of Small Molecules, 1986, p. 7
5. Jeffrey Bada, Earth, February 1998, v. 40
6. Leslie E. Orgel, “The Origin of Life on Earth”, Scientific American, vol 271, October
1994, p. 78
7.Charles Darwin, : A Facsimile of the First Edition, Harvard University Press, 1964, p.
189
8. Charles Darwin,, p. 184.
9. B. G. Ranganathan, Origins?, Pennsylvania: The Banner Of Truth Trust, 1988.
10. Charles Darwin, The Origin of Species: A Facsimile of the First Edition, Harvard
University Press, 1964, 179.
11. Derek A. Ager, “The Nature of the Fossil Record”, Proceedings of the British
Geological Association, vol 87, 1976, p. 133
12. Douglas J. Futuyma, Science on Trial, New York: Pantheon Books, 1983. p. 197
13. Solly Zuckerman, Beyond The Ivory Tower, New York: Toplinger Publications,
1970, ss. 75.94; Charles E. Oxnard, “The Place of Australopithecines in Human
Evolution: Grounds for Doubt”, Nature, vol 258, p. 389
14. J. Rennie, “Darwin’s Current Bulldog: Ernst Mayr”, Scientific American, December
1992
15. Alan Walker, Science, vol. 207, 1980, p. 1103; A. J. Kelso, Physical Antropology, 1st
ed., New York: J. B. Lipincott Co., 1970, s. 221; M. D. Leakey, Olduvai Gorge, vol. 3,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1971, p. 272
16. Time, November 1996
17. S. J. Gould, Natural History, vol. 85, 1976, p. 30
18.. Solly Zuckerman, Beyond The Ivory Tower, p. 19
19. Richard Lewontin, “Billions and billions of demons”, The New York Review of
Books, 9 January, 1997, p. 28.
20. Malcolm Muggeridge, The End of Christendom, Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1980, p.
43

88